TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.2.1 AUTOSTICK FEATURE (IF APPLICABLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.2.2 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND SHIFT SCHEDULING AT
VARIOUS OIL TEMPERATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.1 HARD CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.2 ONE TRIP FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.3 INTERMITTENT CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.4 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.3.6 LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DETAILED
DESCRIPTIONS FOLLOW LIST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.3.7 DTC DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.3.8 QUICK LEARN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.3.9 CLUTCH VOLUMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
3.3.10 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.5.1 DRB IIIT DOES NOT POWER UP (BLANK SCREEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
3.6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR (MILLER TOOL #8333) AND FWD ADAPTER
(MILLER TOOL #8333-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, AND WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

4.1 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

4.2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
4.3 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.3.2 ROAD TEST COMPLAINT VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
4.3.3 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR WARNINGS (IF APPLICABLE) . . . .21
4.3.4 BULLETINS AND RECALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

6.1 ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

6.2 DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

i
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
7.0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

TRANSMISSION
P0120-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
P0604-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
P0605-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
P0613-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
P0951-AUTOSTICK SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
P1799-CALCULATED OIL TEMP IN USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
*BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK OUTPUT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
*INCORRECT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

ii
 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*NO BACK UP LAMP OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
*NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC’S PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC’S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

8.1 AUTOSTICK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

8.2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
8.3 PRESSURE PORT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
8.4 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
8.5 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

AUTOSTICK SWITCH (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . .159

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
FRONT CONTROL MODULE - BLACK 49 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
INPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX) - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
FUSES (IPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (EATX). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 - LT. GREEN/RED 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 - GREEN/BLUE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 (DIESEL) - YELLOW/RED 20 WAY . . . . . . . . .165
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 (GAS) - NATURAL/RED 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .165
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C4 - BLUE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C5 - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 - NATURAL 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C7 - BLACK/RED 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C8 - ORANGE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C9 - BLACK 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
LEFT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX) - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (GAS) - GRAY/BLACK 40-WAY . . . . . . . . .169
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (GAS) - GRAY/GRAY 40 WAY . . . . . . . . . .170
RIGHT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSY (EATX) - BLACK 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (GAS) - GRAY 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (EATX) - BLACK 60 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (EATX) - DK. GRAY 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173

10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

11.1 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

11.2 SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
11.3 TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
11.4 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

iii
NOTES

iv
 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 INTRODUCTION 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND
FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The procedures contained in this manual include
all the specifications, instructions, and graphics
needed to diagnose 41TE/AE Electronic Automatic 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Transaxle (EATX) problems. The diagnostics in this
manual are based on the failure condition or symp- The 41TE/AE electronic transaxle is a conven-
tom being present at time of diagnosis. tional transaxle in that it uses hydraulically ap-
When repairs are required, refer to the appropri- plied clutches to shift a planetary gear train. How-
ate volume of the service manual for the proper ever, the electronic control system replaces many of
removal and repair procedure. the mechanical and hydraulic components used in
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New conventional transmission valve bodies.
diagnostic systems may be added and/or carryover
systems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL 3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE
TROUBLE CODE. It is recommended that you The 41TE/AE electronic transaxle has a fully
review the entire manual to become familiar with adaptive control system. The system performs it’s
all new and changed diagnostic procedures. functions based on continuous real-time sensor
This book reflects many suggested changes from feedback information. The control system automat-
readers of past issues. After using this book, if you ically adapts to changes in engine performance and
have any comments or recommendations, please fill friction element variations to provide consistent
out the form at the back of the book and mail it back shift quality. The control system ensures that clutch
to us. operation during upshifting and downshifting is
more responsive without increased harshness.
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE The Transmission Control Module (TCM) contin-
uously checks for electrical problems, mechanical
This diagnostic procedures manual covers all problems, and some hydraulic problems. When a
2002 RS/RG equipped with a 41TE/AE transaxle. problem is sensed, the TCM stores a diagnostic
trouble code. Some of these codes cause the tran-
1.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING saxle to go into Limp-in or default mode. While in
PROCEDURE this mode, electrical power is taken away from the
transaxle via the TCM, de-energizing the transmis-
Diagnosis of the 41TE/AE electronic transaxle is sion control relay, and taking power from the sole-
done in six basic steps: noid pack. When this happens, the only transaxle
• verification of complaint mechanical functions are:
Park and Neutral
• verification of any related symptoms
Reverse
• symptom analysis Second Gear
• problem isolation No upshifts or downshifts are possible. The posi-
• repair of isolated problem tion of the manual valve alone allows the three
ranges that are available. Although vehicle perfor-
• verification of proper operation
mance is seriously degraded while in this mode, it
allows the owner to drive the vehicle in for service.
2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF Once the DRBIIIt is in the EATX portion of the
diagnostic program, it constantly monitors the
SYSTEM
TCM to see if the system is in Limp-in mode. If the
Vehicles equipped with a 4 speed transmission transaxle is in Limp-in mode, the DRBIIIt will
and have the Solenoid/Pressure switch, Transmis- flash the red LED.
sion Range Sensor, Input speed sensor and Output
speed sensor located on the same side of the trans- 3.2.1 AUTOSTICK FEATURE (IF
mission. Refer to the Service Information for trans- APPLICABLE)
mission ID tag descriptions.
This feature allows the driver to manually shift
the transaxle when the shift lever is pulled into the
AutoStick position. When in AutoStick mode, the
instrument cluster displays the current gear.

1
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.2.2 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND > No EMCC
Warm: Oil temperature at start up above 2.2°
SHIFT SCHEDULING AT VARIOUS (36°F) and below 27°C (36°F)
OIL TEMPERATURES > Goes to a Hot schedule above 27°C (80°F) oil
The transmission covered in this manual has temperature
unique shift schedules depending on the tempera- > Normal operation (upshifts, kickdowns, and
ture of the transmission oil. The shift schedule is coastdowns)
modified to extend the life of the transmission while > No EMCC
operating under extreme conditions. Hot: Oil temperature at start up above 27°C (80°F)
The oil temperature is measured with a Temper-
> Goes to a Overheat schedule above 115°C
ature Sensor on the 41TE/AE transmission. The
(240°F) oil temperature
Temperature Sensor is an integral component of the
Transmission Range Sensor (TRS). If the Tempera- > Normal operation (upshifts, kickdowns, and
ture Sensor is faulty, the transmission will default coastdowns)
to a calculated oil temperature DTC P1799(74). Oil > Full EMCC, No PEMCC except to engage
temperature will then be calculated through a com- FEMCC, except at closed throttle at speeds
plex heat transfer equation using engine coolant above 113-133 Km/h (70-83 MPH)
temperature, battery/ambient temperature, and en- Overheat: Oil temperature above 115°C (240°F) or
gine off time from the Body Control Module (BCM). engine coolant temperature above 118C° (244°F)
These inputs are received from the PCI bus period- > Goes to a Hot below 110°C (230°F) oil temper-
ically and used to initialize the oil temperature at ature or a Super Overheat above 115°C
start up. Once the engine is started, the TCM (240°F) oil temperature
updates the transmission oil temperature based on
> Delayed 2-3 upshift 40-51 Km/h (25-32 MPH)
torque converter slip speed, vehicle speed, gear, and
engine coolant temperature to determine an esti- > Delayed 3-4 upshift 66-77 Km/h (41-48 MPH)
mated oil temperature during vehicle operation. > 3rd gear FEMCC from 48-77 Km/h (30-48
Vehicles using calculated oil temperature track oil MPH)
temperature reasonably accurate during normal > 3rd gear PEMCC from 43-50 Km/h (27-31
operation. However, if a transmission is overfilled, a MPH)
transmission oil cooler becomes restricted, or if a Super Overheat: Oil temperature above 127°C
customer drives aggressively in low gear, the calcu- (260°F)
lated oil temperature will be inaccurate. Conse-
> Goes back to a Overheat below 115°C (240°F)
quently the shift schedule selected may be inappro-
oil temperature
priate for the current conditions. The key highlights
of the various shift schedules are as folows: > All a Overheat shift schedules features apply
Extreme Cold: Oil temperature at start up below > 2nd gear PEMCC above 35 Km/h (22 MPH)
26.6°C (-16°F) > Above 35 Km/h (22 MPH) the torque converter
> Goes to Cold schedule above -24°C (-12°F) oil will not unlock unless the throttle is closed
temperature (i.e. at 80 Km/h (50 MPH) a 4th FEMCC to 3rd
> Park, Reverse, Neutral and 2nd gear only FEMCC shift will be made during a part
(prevents shifting which may fail a clutch throttle kickdown or a 4th FEMCC to 2nd
with frequent shifts) PEMCC shift will be made at wide open
Cold: Oil temperature at start up above -24°C throttle) or if a wide open throttle 2nd
(-12°F) and below 2.2°C (36°F) PEMCC to 1 kickdown is made.
Causes for operation in the wrong tempera-
> Goes to Warm schedule above 4.4°C (40°F) oil
ture shift schedule: Extreme Cold or Cold shift
temperature
schedule at start up:
> Delayed 2-3 upshift approximately 35-50
> Temperature Sensor circuit.
Km/h (22 - 31 MPH)
> Overheat or Super Overheat shift schedule
> Delayed 3-4 upshift 72-85 Km/h (45-53 MPH)
after extended operation:
> Early 4-3 coastdown shift approximately 48
> Operation in city traffic or stop and go traffic
Km/h (30 MPH)
> Engine idle speed too high
> Early 3-2 coastdown shift approximately 27
Km/h (17 MPH) > Aggressive driving in low gear
> High speed 4-2, 3-2, 2-1 kickdown shifts are > Trailer towing in OD gear position (use 3
prevented position (or A/S 3rd) if frequent shifting oc-
curs)

2
 GENERAL INFORMATION
> Cooling system failure causing engine to op- DTC’s will be stored in the TCM immediately as a 1
erate over 110°C (230°F) trip failure, it may take up to five minutes of
> Engine coolant temperature stays low too long accumulated trouble confirmation to set the DTC
- If engine coolant temperature drops below and illuminate the MIL. Three consecutive success-
65°C (150°F), the transmission will disengage ful OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) trips or clearing
EMCC. Extended operation with the EMCC the DTC’s with a diagnostic tool (DRBIIIt or equiv-
disengaged will cause the transmission to alent) is required to extinguish the MIL. When the
overheat. TCM requests that the PCM illuminate the MIL,
the PCM sets a DTC P0700 ($89) to alert the
> Brake switch issue will cause the EMCC to
technician that there are DTC’s in the TCM. This
disengage. Extended oepration with the
must also be erased in the PCM in order to extin-
EMCC disengaged will cause the transmis-
guish the MIL.
sion to overheat.
> Tranmission fluid overfilled 3.3.1 HARD CODE
> Transmission cooler or cooler lines restricted Any Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) that is set
> Transmission Temperature Sensor circuit whenever the system or component is monitored is
a HARD code. This means that the problem is there
3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES every time the TCM checks that system or compo-
nent. Some codes will set immediately at start up
Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC’s) are codes stored and others will require a road test under specific
by the Transmission Control Module (TCM) that conditions. it must be determined if a code is
help us diagnose Transmission problems. They are repeatable (Hard) or intermittent before attempt-
viewed using the DRBIIIt scan tool. ing diagnosis.
Always begin by performing a visual inspection of
the wiring, connectors, cooler lines and the trans- 3.3.2 ONE TRIP FAILURES
mission. Any obvious wiring problems or leaks
A One Trip Failure, when read from the TCM, is
should be repaired prior to performing any diagnos-
a hard OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) code that
tic test procedures. Some engine driveability prob-
has not matured for the full 5 minutes. This applies
lems can be misinterpreted as a transmission prob-
to codes that will only set after 5 minutes of
lem. Ensure that the engine is running properly
substituted gear operation.
and that no PCM DTC’s are present that could
cause a transmission complaint.
If there is a communication bus problem, trouble
3.3.3 INTERMITTENT CODE
codes will not be accessible until the problem is A diagnostic trouble code that is not there every
fixed. The DRBIIIt will display an appropriate time the TCM checks the circuit or function is an a
message. The following is a possible list of causes intermittent code. Some intermittent codes, such as
for a bus problem: codes P1684(12), P0891(14), P0888(15), P0725(18),
P1694(19), P0871(21), P0846(22), P1724(24),
– open or short to ground/battery in PCI bus
P0706(28), P0120(29), P0750(41), P0755(42),
circuit.
P0760(43), P0765(44), P1793(48), P0715(56),
– internal failure of any module or component on P0720(57), P1794(58), P0951(70), P1799(74),
the bus P0884(76), P1687(77), and P1652(78) are caused by
Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by wiring or connector problems. However intermit-
following a specific testing sequence. The diagnostic tent codes 50 - 54 are usually caused by intermit-
test procedures contain step-by-step instructions tent hydraulic seal leakage in the clutch and/or
for determining the cause of a transmission diag- accumulator circuits. Problems that come and go
nostic trouble code. Possible sources of the code are like this are the most difficult to diagnose, they
checked and eliminated one by one. It is not neces- must be looked for under the specific conditions
sary to perform all of the tests in this book to that cause them.
diagnose an individual code. These tests are based
on the problem being present at the time that the 3.3.4 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER
test is run.
All testing should be done with a fully charged For the most recent code, the Starts Since Set
battery. counter counts the number of times the vehicle has
If the TCM records a DTC that will adversely started since it was last set. The counter will count
affect vehicle emissions, it will request (via the up to 255 starts. Note that this code only applies to
communication bus) that the PCM illuminate the the last or most recent code set.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). Although these When there are no diagnostic trouble codes stored
in memory, the DRBIIIt will display NO DTC’S

3
GENERAL INFORMATION
PRESENT and the reset counter will show A warm-up cycle is defined as sufficient vehicle
“STARTS SINCE CLEAR =XXX operation such that the coolant temperature has
The number of starts helps determine if the risen by at least 4.4°C (40°F) from engine starting
diagnostic trouble code is hard or intermittent. and reaches a minumum temperature of 71°C
– If the count is less that 3, the code is usually a (160°F).
hard code. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will turn
off after 3 good trips or when the DTC’s are cleared
– If the count is greater than 3, it is considered
from the TCM.
an intermittent code. This means that the
engine has been started most of the time
without the code recurring.
3.3.6 LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE
CODES (DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
3.3.5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE FOLLOW LIST)
A Diagnostic trouble code will be cleared from
The TCM may report any of the following DTC’s.
TCM memory if it has not reset for 40 warm-up
cycles.
The TCM may report any of the following DTC’s.
DTC P-Code Name of Code Limp-in MIL
11 P0613 Internal TCM Yes Yes
12 P1684 Battery was disconnected No No
13 P0613 Internal TCM Yes Yes
14 P0891 Transmission Relay always on Yes Yes
15 P0888 Relay output always off Yes Yes
16 P0605 Internal TCM Yes Yes
17 P0604 Internal TCM Yes Yes
18 P0725 Engine speed sensor circuit Yes Yes
19 P1694 Bus communication with engine module No No
20 P0890 Switched battery Yes Yes
21 P0871 OD pressure switch sense circuit Yes Yes
22 P0846 2/4 pressure switch sense circuit Yes Yes
24 P0841 LR pressure switch sense circuit Yes Yes
28 P0706 Check shifter signal No No
29 P0120 Throttle position sensor signal circuit No Yes
31 P0870 OD hydraulic pressure test failure Yes Yes
32 P0845 2/4 hydraulic pressure test failure Yes Yes
33 P0992 2-4/OD hydraulic pressure test failure Yes Yes
35 P0944 Loss of prime No No
36 P1790 Fault immediately after shift No No
37 P1775 Solenoid switch valve latched in TCC position No Yes
38 P0740 Torque converter clutch control circuit No Yes
41 P0750 LR Solenoid circuit Yes Yes
42 P0755 2/4 Solenoid circuit Yes Yes
43 P0760 OD Solenoid circuit Yes Yes
44 P0765 UD Solenoid circuit Yes Yes
45 P0613 Internal TCM No No
47 P1776 Solenoid switch valve latched in LR position Yes Yes
48 P1793 TRD link communication error No Yes
50 P0736 Gear ratio error in reverse Yes Yes
51 P0731 Gear ratio error in 1st Yes Yes
52 P0732 Gear ratio error in 2nd Yes Yes
53 P0733 Gear ratio error in 3rd Yes Yes
54 P0734 Gear ratio error in 4th Yes Yes
56 P0715 Input speed sensor error Yes Yes

4
 GENERAL INFORMATION
The TCM may report any of the following DTC’s.
DTC P-Code Name of Code Limp-in MIL
57 P0720 Output speed sensor error Yes Yes
58 P1794 Speed sensor ground error Yes Yes
70 P0951 AutoStick sensor circuit No No
71 P1797 Manual shift overheat No No
73 P0897 Worn out/burnt transaxle fluid No No
74 P1799 Calculated Oil temp in use No No
75 P0218 High temperature operation activated No No
76 P0884 Power up at speed No No
77 P1687 No communication with the MIC No No
78 P1652 Serial communication link malfunction No No
79 P0562 Low battery voltage Yes Yes
Yes (underlined) indicates that this DTC can take up to five minutes of problem identification before
illuminating the MIL.

3.3.7 DTC DESCRIPTIONS grammable Read Only Memory). This results in

the reinitialization of some parameters.
Name of code: P0613(11, 13, or 45) - Internal
Transmission Effects: Loss of trouble code data.
Controller
Immediate Limp-in mode if power is lost while
When monitored: Whenever the key is in the Run
operating the vehicle. Normal operation is re-
or Run/Start position.
sumed if the power is restored during the same key
Set condition: This code is set whenever Trans-
start.
mission Control Module (TCM) senses an internal
Possible causes:
error
Theory of operation: The TCM is constantly > Battery voltage removed from TCM
monitoring it’s internal processor. If an internal > TCM disconnected
problem is detected, this DTC will be set. This DTC > Dead Battery
can also be set by a bad ground to the TCM and/or
> Low battery voltage during cranking
Trans Control Relay.
Transmission Effects: The MIL will illuminate > Battery Disconnect by DRBIIIt or MDS
(this DTC can take up to five minutes of problem > Bad TCM ground circuit.
identification before illuminating the MIL) and the Name of code: P0891(14) - Transmission Relay
transmission system will default to the Immediate Always On
Shutdown routine. When monitored: Ignition key is turned from off
Possible causes: position to run position and/or ignition key is
> TCM ground circuit. turned from crank position to run position.
Set condition: This code is set if the Transmission
> Relay ground circuit
Control Module (TCM) senses greater than 3 volts
> TCM at the Trans Relay Output (switched battery) ter-
Name of code: P1684(12) - Battery was Discon- minal of the TCM prior to the TCM energizing the
nected (Informational code Only) relay.
When monitored: Whenever the key is in the Theory of operation: The transmission control
Run/Start position. relay is used to supply power to the solenoid pack
Set condition: This code is set whenever the when the transmission is in normal operating
Transmission Control Module (TCM) is discon- mode. When the relay is off, no power is supplied to
nected from battery power (B+) or ground. It will the solenoid pack and the transmission is in
also be set during the DRBIIIt Battery Disconnect Limp-in mode. The relay output is fed back to the
procedure. TCM through pins 16 and 17. It is referred to as
Theory of operation: A battery backed RAM Trans Relay Output circuit or switched battery.
(Random Access Memory) is used to maintain some Transmission Effects: The MIL will illuminate
learned values. When the battery B(+) is discon- and the transmission system defaults to Logical
nected, the memory is lost. When the B(+) is Limp-in mode. Logical Limp-in mode results in the
restored, this memory loss is detected by the TCM. same modes of operation as Limp-in. Since the
The code is set and the learned values are initial- relay is stuck “on”, the TCM can not open the relay,
ized to known constants or previously learned and the TCM shifts to 2nd gear.
values from EEPROM (Electronic Erasable Pro-

5
GENERAL INFORMATION
Possible causes: application. The signal supplied by the PCM and
> Relay failure (welded contacts) uses a dedicated circuit is called the EATX RPM
Signal circuit. The Crank Position sensor signal is
> Short to battery in 12-volt supply and/or
a spliced circuit from the engine Crank Position
Transmission Control Relay Output circuit(s)
Sensor. Check the wiring schematics to determine
> Short to voltage which (engine speed sensor circuit) is used in the
> TCM connector problems vehicle. If the TCM interprets this signal to be out
> TCM of range when the engine is running (as reported
Name of code: P0888(15) - Relay Output Always by the PCM over the bus) the code is set.
Off Transmission Effects: The MIL illuminates and
When monitored: Continuously the transmission system defaults to Limp-in mode.
Set condition: This code is set when less than 3 Possible causes:
volts are present at the Trans Relay Output > Open or short in EATX RPM Signal circuit.
(switched battery) terminals at the Transmission > Open or short in Crank Position Sensor Sig-
Control Module (TCM) when the TCM is energiz- nal circuit.
ing the relay.
> Open or short in Crank Position Sensor
Theory of operation: The transmission control
ground circuit.
relay is used to supply power to the solenoid pack
when the transmission is in normal operating > TCM and/or PCM connector problems
mode. When the relay is off, no power is supplied to > TCM
the solenoid pack and the transmission is in > PCM
Limp-in mode. The relay output is fed back to the Name of code: P1694(19) - Bus Communication
TCM through pins 16 and 17. It is referred to as the with Engine Module
Trans Relay Output circuit or switched battery. When monitored: Continuously with key on.
After a controller reset (ignition key turned to Set condition: If no PCI bus messages are re-
the run position or after cranking engine), the ceived from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
controller energizes the relay. Prior to this the for 10 seconds.
TCM verifies that the contacts are open by check- Theory of operation: The TCM communicates
ing for no voltage at the switched battery termi- with the PCM using the PCI bus. It relies on
nals. After the relay is energized, the TCM moni- certain information to function properly. The TCM
tors the terminals to verify that the voltage is continuously monitors the PCI bus to check for
greater than 3 volts. messages broadcast from the PCM.
Transmission Effects: The MIL will illuminates Transmission Effects: Delayed 3-4 shifts. No
and the transmission system defaults to Limp-in mode. EMCC and early 3-4 shifts for a few minutes after
Possible causes: engine is started.
> Relay failure (intermittent relay function Possible causes:
caused by oxidized or contaminated relay > Open or shorted PCI bus circuit
contacts)
> TCM
> Short to ground or open circuit in the Trans-
> PCM
mission Control Relay circuit(s)
Name of code: P0890(20) - Switched Battery
> TCM connector problem When monitored: Ignition key is turned from off
> TCM position to run position and/or ignition key is
Name of code: P0725(18) - Engine Speed Sensor turned from crank position to run position.
Circuit Set condition: This code is set if the Transmission
Control Module (TCM) senses voltage on any of the
NOTE: This code is not a transmission input pressure switch inputs prior to the TCM energizing
speed sensor DTC the relay.
When monitored: Whenever the engine is run- Theory of operation: The transmission control
ning. relay is used to supply power to the solenoid pack
Set condition: This code is set when the engine when the transmission is in normal operating
speed sensed by the Transmission Control Module mode. When the relay is off, no power is supplied to
(TCM) is less than 390 RPM or greater than 8000 the solenoid pack and the transmission is in
RPM for more than 2.0 seconds. Limp-in mode. The relay output is fed back to the
Theory of operation: The TCM uses either a TCM through pins 16 and 17. It is referred to as the
EATX RPM signal (simulated Crank Sensor signal) Trans Relay Output circuit or a switched battery.
or the TCM uses the Crank Position Sensor signal Immediately after a controller reset (ignition key
to calculate engine RPM depending on the engine turned to the run position or after cranking en-

6
 GENERAL INFORMATION
gine), the TCM verifies that the relay contacts are > OD pressure switch sense circuit shorted to
open by checking for no voltage at the switched battery
battery terminals. After this is verified, the voltage > Solenoid pack
at the Solenoid Pack pressure switches is checked.
> Loose valve body bolts
There should be no voltage on the pressure
switches at this time. The TCM will then activate > Plugged filter - internal transmission or
the relay. torque converter failure
Transmission Effects: The MIL illuminates and > TCM
the transmission system defaults to Limp-in mode. Name of code: P0846(22) - 2/4 Pressure Switch
Possible causes: Sense Circuit
> Short to battery on one or more pressure When monitored: Whenever the engine is run-
switch sense circuits ning.
Set condition: This code is set if the 2/4 pressure
> TCM connector problems
switch is open or closed at the wrong time in a
> TCM given gear (see chart below).
Name of code: P0871(21) - OD Pressure Switch Theory of operation: The Transmission system
Sense Circuit uses three pressure switches to monitor the fluid
When monitored: Whenever the engine is run- pressure in the LR, 2/4, and OD elements. The
ning. pressure switches are continuously monitored for
Set condition: This code is set if the OD pressure the correct states in each gear as shown below.
switch is open or closed at the wrong time in a
given gear (see chart below).
Theory of operation: The Transmission system
uses three pressure switches to monitor the fluid
pressure in the LR, 2/4, and OD clutch circuits. The
pressure switches are continuously monitored for
the correct states in each gear as shown below.

Transmission Effects: If the 2/4 pressure

switch is identified as closed in P or N, the code will
immediately be set and normal operation will be
allowed for that given key start. If the problem is
identified for 3 successive key starts, the transmis-
sion will go into Limp-in mode.
If the 2/4 pressure switch is identified as being
Transmission Effects:Normal operation will be closed in 1st or 3rd gear and was not identified as
experienced if no other codes are present. TCM will being closed in P or N, then 2nd gear or 4th gear
ignore the code. Limp-in condition will only occur if will be substituted for 1st or 3rd gear depending on
code P0871(21) is present with a code P0706(28). throttle angle and vehicle speed. A short period of
Possible causes: time after the gear substitution, the transmission
> If code P0944(35) is present, ignore code will return to normal operating mode. If the trans-
P0871(21) and perform code P0944 diagnostic mission is shifted back into 1st or 3rd gear through
procedures normal operation, and the 2/4 pressure switch
> OD pressure switch sense circuit open or remains closed, 2nd or 4th gear will be substituted
shorted to ground between TCM and solenoid briefly and then resume normal operation. If four
pack gear substitutions occur in a given key start, the
transmission will go into Limp-in mode.

7
GENERAL INFORMATION
If the 2/4 pressure switch is open (indicating no Transmission Effects: If a set condition is iden-
2/4 clutch pressure) in 2nd or 4th gear, the TCM tified, 1st gear and torque converter lock-up
sets code P0846(22) and continues with normal (EMCC) will be inhibited. The vehicle will launch
operation. The transmission will only go into in 2nd gear and shift normally through the gears
Limp-in mode if a code P0706(28) is also present. If without allowing EMCC. If during the same key
no 2/4 clutch pressure is present a gear ratio code start, the set condition is no longer valid, the
P0732(52) or P0734(54) will be set and cause the transmission will return to normal operation (1st
limp-in condition. and EMCC available). Limp-in will not occur un-
Possible causes: less code P0841(24) is accompanied by a code
> If code P0944(35) is present, ignore code P0706(28) and the MIL will illuminate after 5
P0846(22) and perform code P0944 diagnostic minutes of substituted operation.
procedures Possible causes:
> 2/4 pressure switch sense circuit open or shorted > If code P0944(35) is presnet, ignore code
to ground between TCM and solenoid pack P0841(24) and perform code P0944(35) diag-
nostic procedures
> 2/4 pressure switch sense circuit shorted to
battery > LR pressure switch sense circuit open or
shorted to ground between TCM and solenoid
> Solenoid pack
pack
> Transmission overheated - Excessive regula-
> LR pressure switch sense circuit shorted to
tor valve leakage in valve body causing high
battery
line pressure which results in 2/4 solenoid
blow-off in 1st or 3rd gear. May require new > Solenoid pack
valve body if it happens only when hot. > Valve body - solenoid switch valve stuck in
> Loose valve body bolts LU position. May be accompanied by a code
P1775(37)
> Plugged filter - internal transmission or
torque converter failure > Loose valve body bolts
> TCM > Plugged filter - internal transmission or
Name of code: P0841(24) - LR Pressure Switch torque converter failure
Sense Circuit > TCM
When monitored: Whenever the engine is run- Name of code: P0706(28) - Check Shifter Signal
ning. When monitored: Continuously with the key on.
Set condition: This code is set if the LR pressure Set condition: 3 occurrences in one key start of an
switch is either open or closed at the wrong time in invalid PRNDL code which lasts for more than 0.1
a given gear. second.
Theory of operation: The Transmission system Theory of operation: The C1 through C4 (T1, T3,
uses three pressure switches to monitor the fluid T41, and T42) sense circuits communicate the shift
pressure in the LR, 2/4, and OD elements. The lever position to the TCM. Each circuit is termi-
pressure switches are continuously monitored for nated at the transmission with a switch. Each
the correct states in each gear as shown below. switch can be either open or closed, depending on
the shift lever position. The TCM can decode this
information and determine the shift lever position.
Each shift lever position has a certain combination
of switches which will be open and closed, this is
called a PRNDL code. There are 4 switches, there-
fore: there are many possible combinations of open
and closed switches (codes). However, there are
only 9 valid codes (8 for AutoStick), one for each
gear position and three recognized between gear
codes. The remainder of the codes should never
occur, these are called invalid codes. The following
chart shows the normal switch states for each shift
lever position.

8
 GENERAL INFORMATION
TRS Park T1 Rev T2 N T2 OD T3 3/AS T3 L Scenario 3) - If an invalid code happens while
T1 (C4) OP OP OP CL CL CL CL CL OP CL CL
operating in the “3” or “L” position, the “3” or “L”
T3 (C3) CL CL OP OP OP OP OP CL CL CL CL
shift schedule and electronic display will be frozen
T41 (C1) CL OP OP OP CL OP OP OP OP OP OP
(regardless of whether “OD”’, “3” or “L” is selected).
T42 (C2) CL CL CL CL CL CL OP OP OP OP CL
The display will be frozen until the shifter is moved
to the “N” position (all PRNDL lights will illumi-
OP = OPEN CL = CLOSED
nate) and then back to the “OD” position. The “N”
The following are DRBIIIt reported Shift Lever and “OD” position must be held there for at least 3
Error codes (chart) seconds in order to resume the normal “OD” shift
schedule and electronic display.
> Intermittent C1 through C4 (T1, T3, T41 or T42)
circuits. Check for corrosion, terminal push-outs
or spread terminals at 60-way and/or TRS con-
nector
> TRS
> TCM
> BCM
These same symptoms may occur without the code
P0706(28) getting set. It is possible that the invalid
code that was sensed by the TCM only occurred
once or twice during the given ignition key start
and/or did not last for longer than 0.1 second.
Name of code: P0120(29) - Throttle Position Sen-
Transmission Effects and possible causes: sor Signal Circuit
Scenario 1) - All PRNDL lights stay illuminated When monitored: Whenever the engine is run-
indefinitely in Park following a Key start. ning.
> Wrong Part Number TCM for application Set condition: This code is set if the throttle angle
> TRS connector not plugged in goes out of range or if throttle angle changes
> C1 through C4 (T1, T3, T41, or T42) circuits are abruptly (ie: faster than the throttle body motion
open, shorted to ground, or shorted to 12 volts. could occur)
Theory of operation: The Transmission Control
> PCI bus failure (Open or shorted resulting in no Module (TCM) receives the throttle position signal
communication to BCM or Cluster) from the Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) through a
> TRS wire spliced into the TPS circuit to the PCM. The
> TCM TPS has a 5-volt pull up supplied from the Power-
> BCM train Control Module (PCM). The signal is checked
Scenario 2) - “P” is indicated following a key start for out-of-range and intermittent operation (exces-
but all PRNDL lights illuminate in “N” following a sive signal changes).
shift from “R” to “N”. If PRNDL lights illuminate in Transmission Effects: Extremely erratic trans-
“N” and shifter is moved directly into “3” or “L” mission shifting with an intermittent TPS signal
position without pausing in “OD”, then the “OD” just prior to setting the code. If the intermittent
position shift schedule and electronic display will does not last long enough to set the code, the
indicate “OD” until the shifter is shifted into the customer will say that the transmission violently
“OD” position and held for at least 3 seconds. hunts between gears. The TCM will use a ‘‘calcu-
lated throttle angle’’ supplied by the PCM over the
> Worn Manual Lever (Rooster Comb). Check for PCI bus. If the PCI bus is unavailable, the TCM
heavy wearing by TRS switch contacts will use a default throttle angle of 24 degrees for
> Intermittent C1 through C4 (T1, T3, T41 or T42) the key start in which the code was set. The TCM
circuits. Check for corrosion, terminal push-outs will try to use the TPS signal again on the next key
or spread terminals at 60-way and/or TRS start. The MIL will illuminate after 5 minutes of
switch 10-way connector substituted operation if the engine controller is not
> TRS calibrated for throttle substitution.
> TCM Possible causes:
> BCM > Open or shorted TPS signal and/or ground cir-
cuits

9
GENERAL INFORMATION
> TCM connector problems Possible causes:
> TPS or TPS connector (Check PCM DTC’s) > Low transmission fluid level
> PCM > PRNDL indicates a valid OD code in the hydrau-
> TCM lic reverse position
> Transmission fluid filter clogged or damaged.
Name of code: P0870(31) - OD Hydraulic Pres-
sure Test Failure > Transmission fluid filter improperly installed
P0845(32) - 2-4 Hydraulic Pressure Test Failure (Bolts loose or O-ring missing)
P0992(33) - 2-4/OD Hydraulic Pressure Test Failure > Oil pump - If a customer has a problem when the
When monitored: In 1st, 2nd, or 3rd gear with transmission is cold. Where someone shifts to
engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after a shift reverse, reverse is engaged, and then shifts to
and every minute thereafter. OD and does not get OD (gets a neutral condi-
Set condition: Immediately after a shift into 1st, tion), and then can not get reverse or OD for 3-20
2nd, or 3rd gear, with engine speed above 1000 seconds, replace the oil pump. High side clear-
RPM, the TCM momentarily turns on element ance in the oil pump will set a code 35. The pump
pressure to the 2-4 and/or OD clutch circuits to will prime upon start-up, but as the torque
identify that the appropriate pressure switch converter purges air (drain down) the air will
closes. If the pressure switch does not close it is leak across the inner rotor into the pump suction
tested again. If the switch does not close the second port and cause a loss of prime right after the
time, the appropriate code is set. shift into OD. After 3 - 20 seconds, pump prime
Theory of operation: The Transmission Control will return and normal operation will continue.
Module (TCM) tests the OD and 2-4 pressure The pump should be replaced only after all other
switches when they are off (OD and 2/4 are tested possible causes above have been checked and
in 1st gear, OD in 2nd gear, and 2/4 in 3rd gear). verified.
The test verifies that the switches are operational.
Name of code: P1790(36) - Fault Immediately
The TCM verifies that the switch closes when the
After Shift
corresponding element is applied. If a switch fails
When monitored: After a gear ratio error is
to close, it is retested, If it fails the second test, the
stored.
code is set.
Set condition: This code is set if the associated
Transmission Effects: The MIL illuminates and
gear ratio code is stored within 1.3 seconds after a
the transmission system defaults to Limp-in mode.
shift.
Possible causes:
Theory of operation: This code will only be
> Pressure switch sense circuit shorted to battery stored along with a 50 series code. If this code is
between TCM and solenoid pack. set, it indicates the problem is mechanical in na-
> Low line pressure ture. When this code exists, diagnosing the trans-
> Solenoid Pack mission should be based on the associated gear
ratio code and primarily mechanical causes should
Name of code: P0944(35) - Loss Of Prime be considered.
When monitored: If the transmission is slipping Transmission Effects: None
in any forward gear and the pressure switches are Possible causes:
not indicating pressure, a loss of prime test is run.
> Mechanical causes as listed under associated
Set condition: If the transmission begins to slip in
gear ratio code.
any forward gear, and the pressure switch or
switches that should be closed for a given gear are Name of code: P1775(37) - Solenoid Switch Valve
open, a loss of prime test begins. All available Latched in TCC Position
elements (in 1st gear LR, 2/4 and OD, in 2nd, 3rd, When monitored: During an attempted shift into
and 4th gear 2/4 and OD) are turned on by the 1st gear.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to see if pump Set condition: This code is set if three unsuccess-
prime exists. The code is set if none of the pressure ful attempts are made to get into 1st gear in one
switches respond. The TCM will continue to run given key start.
the loss of prime test until pump pressure returns. Theory of operation: The solenoid switch valve
Theory of operation: The loss of prime test is (SSV) controls the direction of the transmission
used to prevent transmission defaults which can be fluid when the L-R/TCC solenoid is energized. The
caused by a lack of pump prime. SSV will be in the downshifted position in 1st gear,
Transmission Effects: Vehicle will not move or thus directing the fluid to the L-R clutch circuit. In
transmission slips. Normal operation will continue
if pump prime returns.

10
 GENERAL INFORMATION
2nd, 3rd, and 4th, it will be in the upshifted > Worn pump bushing and/or failed torque con-
position and directs the fluid into the torque con- verter - both should be replaced during a rebuild
verter clutch (TCC). with code P0740(38) present
When shifting into 1st gear, a special hydraulic > Solenoid pack.
sequence is performed to ensure SSV movement
into the downshifted position. The L-R pressure Name of code: P0750(41) - L-R Solenoid Circuit
switch is monitored to confirm SSV movement. If P0755(42) - 2-4 Solenoid Circuit
movement is not confirmed (the L-R pressure P0760(43) - OD Solenoid Circuit
switch does not close), 2nd gear is substituted for P0765(44) - UD Solenoid Circuit
1st. When monitored: Ignition key is turned from off
Transmission Effects: Transmission will have no position to run position and/or ignition key is
1st gear (2nd gear will be substituted), and no turned from crank position to run position, then
EMCC operation and the MIL will illuminate after every 10 seconds thereafter, or when a gear ratio or
5 minutes of substituted operation. pressure switch error DTC is detected.
Possible causes: Set condition: All four solenoids are tested for
continuity continuously immediately upon start up
> PRNDL indicates a valid OD code in the hydrau-
and during vehicle operation. For solenoids that
lic reverse position
are currently energized, power is momentarily in-
> Valve body - Solenoid valve stuck in TCC posi- terrupted, then reenergized. For solenoids that are
tion not currently energized, the solenoid is momen-
> High idle speed tarily energized, then deenergized. Under both
> Solenoid malfunction - L-R pressure switch will situations, if an inductive spike is not sensed by the
not close Transmission Control Module (TCM) during the
continuity check, it is retested twice. If it fails the
> L-R Pressure Switch Sense circuit shorted to
battery
Name of code: P0740(38) - Torque Converter
Clutch Control Circuit
When monitored: During Electronically Modu-
lated Converter Clutch (EMCC)
Set condition:
(a) The transmission must be in EMCC, with the
input speed greater than 1750 RPM. The TCC/L-R
solenoid must achieve it’s maximum duty cycle and
still not be able to pull the engine speed within 60
RPM of input speed.
b) If the transmission is in FEMCC and the engine
can slip the TCC by more than 100 RPM (Engine
speed - Input speed) for 10 seconds.
The code will be set if one of these event happens test the third time, the appropriate code is set.
three times at a throttle angle less than 30 degrees. Theory of operation: Four solenoids are used to
Theory of operation: When in 2nd, 3rd, or 4th control the friction elements (clutches). The conti-
gear, the torque converter clutch (TCC) can be nuity of the solenoids circuits are periodically
locked when certain conditions are met. The TCC tested. Each solenoid is turned on or off depending
piston is electronically modulated by increasing on it’s current state. An inductive spike should be
the duty cycle of the L-R/TCC solenoid until the detected by the TCM during this test. If no spike is
torque converter slip (difference between engine detected, the circuit is tested again to verify the
and turbine speed) is within 60 RPM. Then the failure. In addition to the periodic testing, the
L-R/TCC solenoid is fully energized (FEMCC / solenoid circuits are tested if a gear ratio or pres-
100% duty cycle). Torque converter slip is moni- sure switch error occurs. In this case, one failure
tored in FEMCC to ensure adequate clutch capac- will result in the appropriate code being set.
ity. Transmission Effects: The MIL will illuminate
Transmission Effects: EMCC will still be avail- and the transmission goes into neutral if code is set
able after code is set. MIL will illuminate after 5 above 35 Km/h (22 MPH), limp-in mode when
minutes of accumulated slip in FEMCC. The trans- vehicle speed is below 35 Km/h (22 MPH).
mission will attempt normal operation (no limp-in) Possible causes:
even after the MIL is illuminated. > Open or shorted solenoid circuit(s) between TCM
Possible causes: and solenoid pack.

11
GENERAL INFORMATION
> Open ground circuit PCM reduce engine power until the shift is com-
> TCM connector problems. pleted. This message is sent from the TCM to the
Powertrain Control Module across the Torque
> Solenoid pack connector problem.
Management Request Sense Circuit. The PCM will
> Solenoid Pack acknowledge the TCM’s request by sending a mes-
> TCM sage across the PCI bus within a specific amount of
time. The TRD Link communication is also tested
Name of code: P1776(47) - Solenoid Switch Valve
periodically for operation whenever the engine is
Latched in LR Position
running and the vehicle is not moving with zero
When monitored: Continuously when doing par-
degrees throttle.
tial or full EMCC (PEMCC or FEMCC)
Transmission Effects: Maximum throttle angle
Set condition: If the transmission senses the LR
used by TCM will be 54 degrees. As a result a
pressure switch closing while performing PEMCC
customer may complain about loss of performance
or FEMCC. This code will be set after two unsuc-
or of short shifting when driving aggressively.
cessful attempts to perform PEMCC or FEMCC.
Possible causes:
Theory of operation: The solenoid switch valve
(SSV) controls the direction of the transmission > Sticky Throttle Position Sensor (TPS)
fluid when the LR/TCC solenoid is energized. SSV > Wiring or Connector problems in the Torque
will be in the downshifted position in 1st gear, thus Management Request Sense Circuit
directing the fluid to the LR clutch circuits. In 2nd, > PCM
3rd, and 4th, the SSV will be in the upshifted
> TCM
position and directs the fluid into the torque con-
verter clutch (TCC). Name of code: P0736(50) - Gear Ratio Error in
When doing PEMCC or FEMCC, the LR pres- Reverse
sure switch should indicate no pressure if the SSV P0731(51) - Gear Ratio Error in 1st
is in the TCC position. If the LR pressure switch P0732(52) - Gear Ratio Error in 2nd
indicates pressure while in PEMCC or FEMCC, P0733(53) - Gear Ratio Error in 3rd
EMCC operation is aborted and inhibited to avoid P0734(54) - Gear Ratio Error in 4th
inadvertent application of the LR clutch. Partial P0715(56) - Input Speed Sensor Error
EMCC will be attempted if the LR pressure switch P0720(57) - Output Speed Sensor Error
does not indicate pressure. A second detection of P1794(58) - Speed Sensor Ground Error
LR pressure results in setting the code. When monitored: The transmission gear ratio is
Transmission Effects: At speeds above 72 Km/h monitored continuously while the transmission is
(45 MPH), EMCC is inhibited. Once speed falls in gear.
below 72 Km/h (45 MPH), the transmission will go Set condition: This code is set if the gear ratio is
into Limp-in mode and the MIL will illuminate not correct for a period of time.
after 5 minutes of substituted operation. – Codes 50 through 54 sets if the ratio of the
Possible causes: input RPM (Nt) to the output RPM (No) does
> Valve body - Solenoid valve stuck in LR position not match the given gear ratio.
> Intermittent short to ground or open circuit in – Code 56 sets if there is an excessive change in
LR Pressure Switch Sense circuit (with code 24 input RPM in any gear
only) – Code 57 sets if there is an excessive change in
> Solenoid pack (with code P0841(24) only) output RPM in any gear
> TCM (with code P0841(24) only) – Code 58 sets after a TCM reset in neutral and
Nt/No equals a ratio of input to output of 2.50
Name of code: P1793(48) - TRD Link Communi-
A hard code sets within 3 seconds, an intermit-
cation Error
tent code sets within 15 seconds.
NOTE: The MIL will be lit for some engines Theory of operation: The transmission system
that limit throttle after a TRD failure uses two speed sensors, one to measure input RPM
When monitored: Whenever the engine is run- and one to measure output RPM. These inputs are
ning essential for proper transmission operation. There-
Set condition: This code is set when the TCM fore, the integrity of this data is verified through
sends multiple torque reduction messages to the the following checks:
PCM and the TCM does not receive a response 1) When in gear, if the gear ratio does not compare
from the PCM. to a known gear ratio, the corresponding in-gear
Theory of operation: During high torque shifts trouble code is set (codes 50 through 54).
the TCM will send a message requesting that the 2) An excessive change in input or output speeds

12
 GENERAL INFORMATION
indicating signal intermittent will result in codes > If code P0944(35) is also set, follow diagnostic
56 and/or 57 being set. procedure for code P0944(35) first
3) After a TCM reset in neutral, observing erratic > Valve body - #1 ball check or LR switch valve
output and input speed sensor signals indicates a sticking - may also set code P0731(51)
loss of the common speed sensors ground. This sets
> Speed sensor or associated wiring - may also set
a code 58.
codes P0731(51), P0715(56), or P0720(57)
Transmission Effects: The transmission will not
go into Limp-in mode until three gear ratio error > Failed or slipping LR clutch - may also set code
events occur in a given key start. This allows for P0731(51)
intermittent problems to correct themselves with- – LR seal leakage (Intermittent no drive or
out opening the relay. However, if a gear ratio error reverse)
develops, a code is always set, but if the condition – Sticky LR accumulator seals (Intermittent no
corrects itself the transmission will continue with- drive or reverse)
out requiring the ignition key to be cycled on and
> Failed reverse clutch (hard code)
off. Many different events could occur given the
range of failures possible for codes 50 through 58. – OD/Rev lip seal leakage
The following are a few examples: – Worn reaction shaft support seal rings
– Codes 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, and 57 at speeds – Snap ring out of position
above 72 Km/h (45 MPH) - The appropriate Code P0731(51) - Excludes geartrain failures
code is set, EMCC is aborted and current gear which should be obvious upon disassembly
is maintained. If while still traveling above 72 > If code P0944(35) is also set, follow diagnostic
Km/h (45 MPH), the gear ratio becomes valid procedure for code P0944(35) first
again, EMCC will reengage and normal oper-
> Valve body - #1 ball check or LR switch valve
ation will resume. If the gear ratio becomes
sticking - may also set code P-0736(56) or have
intermittent and recovers three times in a
no Reverse
given key start, the current gear will be main-
tained and EMCC inhibited, then the trans- > Speed sensor or associated wiring - may also set
mission will go into limp-in mode if throttle is codes P0736(50), P0715(56), or P0720(57)
applied below 72 Km/h (45 MPH) or at 35 > Failed or intermittent slipping UD clutch - may
Km/h (22 MPH) with closed throttle. also set P0732(52), or P0733(53)
– Codes 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, and 57 at speeds – UD seal leakage (intermittent)
between 35 and 72 Km/h (22 and 45 MPH) - If – Worn input clutch hub bushing (hard code at
one of these codes is set between 35 and 72 heavy throttle)
Km/h (22 and 45 MPH), the current gear will
– Sticky UD accumulator seals (intermittent)
be maintained until the gear ratio problem
corrects itself. If throttle is applied, the trans – Worn reaction shaft support seal rings (hard
will go to 2nd gear. If this happens and the code at heavy throttle)
gear ratio problem goes away, normal opera- – Solenoid pack (UD pressure in 4th gear
tion will resume. If three gear ratio problems > Failed or slipping LR clutch - may also set code
are identified in a given key start, the current P0736(56) or have no Reverse
gear will be frozen until throttle is applied.
– LR seal leakage (Intermittent)
The transmission will then go into Limp-in
mode with throttle applied at speeds between – Sticky LR accumulator seals (Intermittent)
35 and 72 Km/h (22 and 45 MPH). Code P0732(52) - Excludes geartrain failures
which should be obvious upon disassembly
– Codes 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, and 57 at speeds
below 35 Km/h (22 MPH) - If a gear ratio > If code P0944(35) is also set, follow diagnostic
problem is identified below 35 Km/h (22 procedure for code P0944(35)
MPH), the transmission will immediately > Failed or slipping 2-4 clutch - may also set code
substitute second gear for the current gear. If P-0734(54)
the gear ratio problem goes away, normal – 2-4 seat leakage (intermittent)
operation will resume. If three gear ratio
– Sticky accumulator seals (intermittent)
problems are identified in a given key start,
the transmission will go into Limp-in mode. > Failed or intermittent slipping UD clutch - may
Possible causes: also set code P-0731(51) and/or P-0733(53)
Code P0736(50) - Excludes geartrain failures – UD seal leakage (intermittent)
which should be obvious upon disassembly – Worn input clutch hub bushing (hard code at
heavy throttle)

13
GENERAL INFORMATION
– Sticky UD accumulator seals (intermittent) Code P1794(58)
– Worn reaction shaft support seal rings (hard > Open or shorted speed sensor ground (speed
code at heavy throttle) sensor ground is different from chassis ground)
– Defective solenoid pack (UD pressure in 4th > Open or shorted Temperature Sensor wiring to
gear) TRS
Code P0733(53) - Excludes geartrain failures > TRS - Will also set code P1799(74)
which should be obvious upon disassembly
> TCM
> If code P0944(35) is also set, follow diagnostic
procedure for code P0944(35) first Name of code: P0951(70) - AutoStick Sensor Cir-
cuit (If equipped)
> Failed or slipping OD clutch - may also set code
When monitored: Whenever the engine is run-
P0734(54)
ning.
– OD and Reverse inner and outer lip seal Set condition:
leakage (usually hard code) 1) The transmission shift lever is not in AutoStick
– Sticky OD accumulator seals (intermittent) and either the upshift or downshift switches are
– Worn reaction shaft support seal rings (hard closed.
code at heavy throttle) 2) Upshift and downshift switches are closed at
the same time.
– Broken OD/UD tapered snap ring - (hard code
Theory of operation: In the AutoStick Mode
at heavy throttle)
(manual shift mode), upshifts and downshifts are
> Failed or intermittent slipping UD clutch - may actuated manually. Shift requests are detected by
also set code P0731(51) and/or P0732(52) monitoring the MUXED or the upshift and down-
– UD seal leakage (intermittent) shift switches. The Transmission Control Module
– Worn input clutch hub bushing (hard code at (TCM) monitors the above set conditions. A set
heavy throttle) condition will be tolerated for up to 15 seconds
before setting a code.
– Sticky UD accumulator seals (intermittent)
Transmission Effects: The OD position shift
– Worn reaction shaft support seal rings (hard schedule is substituted while operating in the
code at heavy throttle) AutoStick gear selector position. No Limp-in mode
– Solenoid pack (UD pressure in 4th gear) occurs.
Code P0734(54) - Excludes geartrain failures Possible causes:
which should be obvious upon disassembly > Wiring or connector problems
> If code P0944(35) is also set, follow diagnostic > AutoStick switch failure
procedure for code P0944(35) first
> TCM
> Failed or slipping OD clutch - may also set code
P0733(53) Name of code: P1797(71) - Manual Shift Overheat
When monitored: Whenever the engine is run-
– OD and Reverse inner and outer lip seal
ning.
leakage (usually hard code)
Set condition:
– Sticky OD accumulator seals (intermittent) 1) If the engine temperature exceeds 124°C
– Worn reaction shaft support seal rings (hard (225°F) while operating in AutoStick mode.
code at heavy throttle) 2) If the transmission temperature exceeds 135°C
– Broken OD/UD tapered snap ring - (hard code (275°F) while in AutoStick mode
at heavy throttle) Theory of operation: Transmission and engine
temperatures are monitored during vehicle opera-
> Failed or slipping 2-4 clutch - may also set code
tion. If conditions occur causing the engine or
P0732(52)
transmission to overheat, the AutoStick mode will
– 2/4 seal leakage (intermittent) be canceled, and a code will be set.
– Sticky accumulator seals (intermittent) Transmission Effects: The 3 position shift sched-
Codes P0715(56) and P0720(57) ule that is used in non-AutoStick applications is
> Failed input or output speed sensor (intermit- substituted while operating in the AutoStick gear
tent or hard code) selector position. No Limp-in mode occurs.
Possible causes:
> Shorted or open wiring between TCM and speed
sensor(s) (intermittent) > Engine overheat - refer to service manual for
diagnosis and repair
> Connector problems at 60 TCM connector and/or
speed sensor connector > Transmission Overheat

14
 GENERAL INFORMATION
– Restricted transmission cooling system > If the TCM senses continuous erratic Tempera-
– Transmission fluid overfilled ture Sensor voltage.
> The Temperature Sensor temperature stays be-
– Radiator fan not functioning properly
low 27°C (80°F) for an extended period of time.
– Extended driving in low gear Theory of operation: The TCM uses a Tempera-
ture Sensor to monitor the transmission sump
NOTE: Strenuous driving conditions may temperature. This temperature is used to deter-
cause the vehicle to overheat. If the driver mine which shift schedule the TCM is to use. (See
operates in or initiates autostick with an Transmission Operation and Shift Scheduling at
overheated vehicle, the code will be set. Various Sump Temperatures in this diagnostic
Name of code: P0897(73) - Worn Out/Burnt Tran- manual) If the Temperature Sensor circuit fails to
saxle Fluid operate properly the TCM will use the calculated
When monitored: At every Fully Electronically oil temperature routine found in prior model year
Modulated Converter Clutch (FEMCC) to Partial TCM. If this occurs for three consecutive key
Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch (PEM- starts, the code will be set. The TCM will then test
CC) transition miles when A/C compressor clutch is the Temperature Sensor circuit after ever 35 OB-
being cycled. DII (EURO STAGE III OBD) warm-up starts. If
Set condition: The code will be set if vehicle the Temperature Sensor circuit is OK, the Temper-
shudder is detected 20 times when the A/C clutch is ature Sensor data is used in place of the Calculated
cycled. Oil temperature data.
Theory of operation: While in 3rd or 4th FEMCC Transmission Effects: If the Transmission Tem-
and just before the A/C clutch engages, the Power- perature Sensor indicates a temperature below
train Control Module (PCM) requests the Trans- -18° C (0°F) or above 115° C (240°F) at start up,
mission Control Module (TCM) to momentarily The TCM compares the calculated oil temperature
establish PEMCC operation. If vehicle shudder is to the indicated Temperature Sensor oil tempera-
detected during the FEMCC to PEMCC transition, ture. If the calculated oil temperature differs sig-
a counter is incremented. If the count reaches 20, nificantly from the Temperature Sensor value, the
the trouble code is set. The driver may then notice calculated oil temperature will be used for that key
harsh bumps when the A/C clutch is being cycled, start.
but vehicle shudder will be eliminated. After 35 Possible causes:
OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) warm-up starts or > Wiring or Connector problems in the transmis-
if the code is cleared, PEMCC will be reactivated to sion temperature sensor signal circuit.
see if shudder is still present. If one shudder event > TRS
occurs, the code will be reset. Clearing the code and > TCM
running battery disconnect with the DRBIIIt is the
only way to reset the shudder counter from 20 back Name of code: P0218(75) - High Temperature
to zero. Operation Activated.
Transmission Effects: This code does not cause When monitored: Whenever the engine is run-
the transmission to go into Limp-in mode. How- ning.
ever, once the code is set, FEMCC to PEMCC Set condition: Immediately once the Overheat
operation before the A/C clutch engagement will be Shift Schedule is activated.
disabled for 35 OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) Theory of operation: If the transmission oil
warm up starts. temperature rises above 115°C (240°F), the over-
Possible causes: heat shift schedule is activated refer to Transmis-
> Degraded transmission fluid sion Operation as a function of Transmission Oil
Temperature and the code is set. The DTC is an
> Wheels severely out of alignment information code only and is being set to aid the
> Internal torque converter problem technician in determining root cause of a customer
Name of code: P1799(74) - Calculated Oil Tem- driveability issue. The code is also intended to alert
perature in Use the technician to determine if a cooling system
When monitored: Whenever the Engine is run- malfunction has occurred or if an additional trans-
ning. mission air to oil cooler should be added to the
Set condition: The code is set if any of the vehicle if the customer regularly drives in a man-
following conditions exist for three consecutive key ner that overheats the transmission. Extended
starts: operation above 115°C (240°F) will reduce the
> The Temperature Sensor voltage is out of range durability of the transmission and should be
(below 0.07 volts or greater than 4.94 volts) avoided. Correcting the cooling system malfunction
or installing an additional transmission oil cooler

15
GENERAL INFORMATION
will improve transmission durability especially for TO NORMAL OPERATION WITHOUT CY-
customers who operate in city/construction stop CLING THE IGNITION KEY
and go traffic, tow trailers regularly, drive aggres- – Intermittent Direct Battery connection be-
sively in low gear or drive regularly in mountain- tween TCM (60-way pin 56) and battery.
ous areas.
– Intermittent Fused Ignition Switch Output
Transmission effects: Information only code. -
between TCM (60-way pin 11) and ignition
Overheat shift schedule was activated, no Limp-in
switch.
condition occurs. 2nd gear partial EMCC above 40
Km/h (25 MPH), 3rd gear EMCC from 45-69 Km/h – Intermittent Ground to TCM (60 way pins 53
(28-43 MPH), delayed 3-4 upshift at 69 Km/h (43 and 57).
MPH), early 4-3 coastdown at 66 Km/h (41 MPH), Name of code: P1687(77) - No Communication
EMCC operation under all conditions above 40 with MIC
Km/h (25 MPH) except at closed throttle or 1st When monitored: Continuously with key on.
gear. Set condition: If no PCI bus messages are re-
Possible causes: ceived from the Mechanical Instrument Cluster
– Transmission Overfilled with Oil (MIC) for 25 seconds.
– Engine cooling fan failure Theory of operation: The TCM communicates
with the MIC using the PCI bus. It relies on certain
– Engine thermostat stuck closed
information to function properly. The TCM contin-
– Radiator corroded or packed with dirt uously monitors the PCI bus to check for messages
– Transmission Oil Cooler Plugged broadcast from the PCM.
– Customer driving pattern requires additional Transmission effects: Possible improper TCM
transmission cooling AutoStick configuration.
Possible causes:
Name of code: P0884(76) - Power-Up at Speed
> Open or shorted PCI bus circuit from MIC
When monitored: When TCM (transmission con-
trol module) initially powers-up. > MIC
Set condition: If the TCM powers up while in the > TCM (If other communications codes are stored
‘‘Drive’’ position and the vehicle is going above 32 in the TCM only)
Km/h (20 MPH), the code is set.
Name of code: P1652(78) - Serial Communication
Theory of operation: If a vehicle loses power to
Link Malfunction
the TCM, the vehicle will go to the 2nd gear mode
When monitored: Continuously with key on.
since there is no power available to control the
Set condition: If no PCI bus messages are re-
transmission solenoids. However if power is re-
ceived by the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
stored, the TCM will power-up and normal opera-
for 10 seconds.
tion will be restored. This DTC identifies that
Theory of operation: The TCM communicates
power to the TCM was restored when the gear
with the other modules in the vehicle using the PCI
selector was in a ‘‘Drive’’ position while the vehicle
bus. It relies on certain information to function
was moving at speeds above 32 Km/h (20 MPH). If
properly. The TCM continuously monitors the PCI
someone shifts to Neutral and cycles the ignition
bus to check for messages broadcast from the
key and quickly shifts to ‘‘Drive’’ while moving
certain modules.
before the TCM comes out of its START ROUTINE,
Transmission Effects: Possible improper TCM
the DTC can be set. Therefore it is critical that this
AutoStick configuration and delayed 3-4 shifts. No
DTC diagnosis repair procedure should only be
EMCC and early 3-4 shifts for a few minutes after
used if the vehicle is experiencing intermittent 2nd
engine is started.
gear operation and subsequently a return to nor-
Possible causes:
mal operation during normal driving.
Transmission effects: No Limp-in condition. The > Open or shorted PCI bus circuit from BCM
DTC is for information only when trying to diag- > TCM
nosis intermittent 2nd gear operation and subse-
Name of code: P0562(79) Low Battery Voltage
quently a return to normal operation.
When monitored: Continuously with engine run-
Possible causes:
ning and Transmission Relay energized.
– No Problem if vehicle is started in ‘‘neutral’’ at Set condition: If the voltage sensed at the Trans-
speeds above 32 Km/H (20 MPH) and shifted mission Control Relay Output circuit (pins 16 and
quickly to ‘‘Drive’’ before TCM comes out of 17 at TCM) for 15 seconds.
the START ROUTINE. Theory of operation: The Transmission system
FOR INTERMITTENT 2ND GEAR OPERA- requires sufficient battery voltage in order to ener-
TION AND THEN A SUBSEQUENT RETURN

16
 GENERAL INFORMATION
gize the transmission solenoids. The TCM contin- transmission must be run at idle or driven in
uously monitors the voltage available to the sole- gear until it goes above 15°C (60°F). If the
noids. temperature is above 93°C (200°F), the trans-
Transmission effects: At speeds above 72 Km/h mission must cool to below 93°C (200°F).
(45 MPH) the transmission system will default to > First gear is engaged in overdrive after Quick
neutral. Below 72 Km/h (45 MPH) the transmis- Learn is completed. Place the vehicle in park
sion system will default to limp-in mode and the after performing Quick Learn.
MIL will illuminate after 5 minutes of substituted
operation. Manual gear selection of Park, Reverse, The Quick Learn function should be performed:
Neutral and Second will be available. – Upon installation of a new service TCM
Possible causes: – After replacement or rebuild of internal trans-
> Charging system problem mission components or the torque converter
> Poor/High resistance connection between TCM – If one or more of the clutch volumes indexes
and Battery/Alternator (CVI’s) contain skewed readings because of
> TCM pin 16 and 17 high resistance or poor abnormal conditions.
connection To perform the Quick Learn procedure, the follow-
> TCM ground pins 53 and 57 high resistance or ing conditions must be met.
poor connection – It is imperative that the vehicle be shifted into
> High resistance in Transmission Control Relay OD with the engine running and the oil level
contacts set to the correct level. This step will purge
> TCM the air in the clutch circuits to prevent erro-
neous clutch volume values, which could
3.3.8 QUICK LEARN cause poor initial shift quality.
The Quick Learn function customizes adaptive – The brakes must be applied.
parameters of the TCM to the transmission char- – The engine must be idling.
acteristics of a vehicle. This gives the customer – The throttle angle (TP sensor) must be less
improved “as received” shift quality compared to than 3 degrees.
the initial parameters stored in the TCM.
– The shift lever position must stay in neutral
Notes about Quick Learn Features until prompted to shift into OD.
The nature of the Quick Learn function requires – The shift lever must stay in OD after the
that certain features must be taken into consider- “Shift to Overdrive” prompt until the DRBIIIt
ation. indicates the procedure is complete.
> Quick Learn should generally not be used as – The oil temperature must be between 15°C
a repair procedure unless directed by a repair (60°F) and 93°C (200°F).
or diagnostic procedure. If the transmission
NOTE: The above conditions must be
system is exhibiting a problem that you think
is caused by an invalid CVI, you should try to
maintained during the procedure to keep the
relearn the value by performing the appropri- procedure from being aborted.
ate driving maneuvers. In most cases, if a The Quick Learn procedure is performed with
quick learn makes a vehicle shift better, the the DRBIIIt by selecting “Transmission” system
vehicle will return with the same problem. then “Miscellaneous” functions, then “Quick
> Before performing Quick Learn, it is impera- Learn”. Follow the procedure instructions dis-
tive that the vehicle be shifted into OD with played on the DRBIIIt.
the engine running and the oil level set to the
correct level. This step will purge air from the 3.3.9 CLUTCH VOLUMES
clutch circuits to prevent erroneous clutch The L-R clutch volume is updated when doing a
volume values which could cause poor initial 2-1 or 3-1 coast down shift. The transmission
shift quality. temperature must be between 21-49°C (70-120°F).
> If an unused TCM is installed on a vehicle The clutch volume should be between 35 and 83.
with a HOT engine, Quick Learn will cause The 2-4 clutch volume is updated when doing a
the TCM to report a cold calculated oil tem- 1-2 shift. The transmission temperature must be
perature. This requires monitoring the calcu- above 43°C (110°F). The clutch volume should be
lated oil temperature using the DRBIIIt. If between 20 and 77.
the temperature is below 15°C (60°F), the

17
GENERAL INFORMATION
The OD clutch volume is updated when doing a
2-3 shift. The transmission temperature must be
above 43°C (110°F). The clutch volume should be
between 40 and 150.
The UD clutch volume is updated when doing a
4-3 or 4-2 shift. The transmission temperature
must be above 43°C (110°F). The clutch volume
should be between 24 and 70.

3.3.10 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR

The transmission output speed signal supplies
distance pulses to the powertrain control module
(PCM), which are used to calculate speed and
mileage. A pinion factor is stored in the transmis-
sion control module (TCM) in order to provide the
appropriate distance pulses for the vehicle. The
pinion factor is programmed into the TCM at the
assembly plant. 3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES
Using the following steps, the pinion factor can
be checked and/or reset using the DRBIIIt: Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will dis-
1. Select Transmission system, then Miscella- play one of only two error messages:
neous functions, then Pinion Factor. The – User−Requested WARM Boot
DRBIIIt will display the current tire size.
2. If the tire size is incorrect, press the Enter key – User−Requested COLD Boot
and then select the correct size. If the DRBIIIt should display any other error
3. Press the Page Back key to exit the reset message, record the entire display and call the
procedure. S.T.A.R. Center.
Notes About Electronic Pinion Factor Features
The nature of the electronic pinion factor requires 3.5.1 DRB IIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
that certain features must be taken into consider- (BLANK SCREEN)
ation.
If the LED’s do not light or no sound is emitted at
> If no pinion factor is stored in an installed start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
TCM, the vehicle speedometer will not oper- cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage and
ate, engine speed will be limited to 2300 grounds to Data Link connector. A minimum of 11
RPM, and catalyst damage may occur. volts is required to adequately power the DRBIIIt.
> Selecting a wrong tire size will cause the If all connections are proper between the
speedometer to be inaccurate and will also DRBIIIt and the vehicle or other devices, and the
cause any speed related features to operate vehicle battery is fully charged, an inoperative
improperly. DRBIIIt may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle
wiring. For a blank screen, refer to the appropriate
NOTE: After replacing the TCM, you must Body Diagnostic manual.
reprogram pinion factor
3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the
display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
Refer to the DRBIIIt user’s guide for instruc-
condition.
tions and assistance with reading trouble codes,
erasing trouble codes, and other DRBIIIt func-
tions.
3.6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR (MILLER
TOOL #8333) AND FWD ADAPTER
(MILLER TOOL #8333-1)
The transmission simulator, simply put, is an
electronic device that simulates the electronic func-
tions of any EATX controlled transmission (41TE,
42LE, 45RFE, and 545RFE). It’s basic function is
to aid the technician in determining if an internal

18
 GENERAL INFORMATION
transmission problem exists or if the problem re- drive vehicles: the parking brake does not hold the
sides in the vehicle wiring or Transmission Control drive wheels. Some operations in this manual
Module (TCM). It is only useful for electrical prob- require that hydraulic tubes, hoses, and fittings,
lems. It will not aid in the diagnosis of a failed disconnected for inspection or testing purposes.
mechanical component, but it can tell you that the These systems, when fully charged contains fluid
TCM and wiring are working properly and that the at high pressure. Before disconnecting any hydrau-
problem is internal. lic tubes, hoses or fittings, be sure that the system
The ignition switch should be in the lock position is fully depressurized.
before attempting to install the simulator. Follow When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye pro-
all instructions included with the simulator. If the tection and remove any metal jewelry such as
feedback from the simulator is in doubt, you can watchbands or bracelets that might make an inad-
verify it’s operation by installing it on a known vertent electrical contact.
good vehicle. A “known good vehicle” would be When diagnosing a transmission system prob-
defined as a vehicle that does not set any DTC’s lem, it is important to follow approved procedures
and drives and shifts as expected. where applicable. Following these procedures is
One important point to remember is that the very important to the safety of individuals per-
Simulator receives it’s power from the Trans Relay forming diagnostic tests.
Output circuit. If the transmission system is in
Limp−in (Relay open), the simulator will not oper- 4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR
ate. This is not really an indication of a problem,
but an additional symptom. If the simulator does
TESTING
not power up (‘‘P’’ led lit), this is an indication that Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully
the problem is still present with the simulator charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic
hooked up. This indicates that the problem is in the codes or error messages may occur. It is extremely
wiring or TCM and not the transmission. important that accurate shift lever position data be
Miller Tool # 8333-1 consists of the adapter available to the TCM. The accuracy of any diagnos-
cables and overlay necessary to adapt the simula- tic trouble code found in memory is doubtful unless
tor to 41TE and 42LE transmissions. the Shift Lever Test, performed on the DRBIIIt
Scan Tool, passes without failure.

4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, 4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES

AND WARNINGS Some components of the powertrain system are
intended to be serviced in assembly only. Attempt-
4.1 DISCLAIMERS ing to remove or repair certain system subcompo-
nents may result in personal injury and/or im-
All information, illustrations and specifications proper system operation. Only those components
contained in this manual are based on the latest with approved repair and installation procedures
information at the time of publication. The right is in the service instructions should be serviced.
reserved to make changes at any time without
notice. 4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
4.2 SAFETY WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE
DRBIIIT MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS. IT
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR
POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY. CAREFULLY
WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS
MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES AND THE SPECIFICATION LIMITS.
SLOWER REACTION TIMES AND CAN LEAD • Follow the vehicle manufacturer’s service speci-
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS fications at all times.
OPERATING, KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL • Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.
VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE • Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST damaged or if metal is exposed.
REMOVAL SYSTEM. • To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test
Set the parking brake and block the wheels leads, tips, or the circuit being tested.
before testing or repairing the vehicle. It is espe-
cially important to block the wheels on front-wheel

19
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Choose the proper range and function for the second code could be set, making diagnosis of the
measurement. Do not try voltage or current original problem more difficult.
measurements that may exceed the rated capac- When replacing a blown fuse, it is important to
ity. use only a fuse having the correct amperage rating.
• Do not exceed the limits shown in the table. The use of a fuse with a rating other than indicated
may result in a dangerous electrical system over-
load. If a properly rated fuse continues to blow, it
FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT indicates a problem in the circuit that must be
Volts 0 - 500 peak volts AC corrected.
0 - 500 volts DC
Ohms (resistance)* 0 - 1.12 megohms
4.3.2 ROAD TEST COMPLAINT VEHICLE
Some complaints will require a test drive as part
Frequency Measured 0 - 10 kHz of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
Frequency Generated the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
Temperature -58 - 1100°F DTC or symptom condition.
-50 - 600°C
CAUTION: Before road testing a vehicle, be
*Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present. sure that all components are reassembled.
Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered During the test drive, do not try to read the
circuit.
DRBIIIT screen while in motion. Do not hang
• Voltage between any terminal and ground must the DRBIIIT from the rear view mirror or
not exceed 500v peak AC. operate it yourself. Have an assistant
• Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v available to operate the DRBIIIT.
DC or 25v AC. Road testing is an essential step in the diagnos-
• The circuit being tested must be protected by a tic process that must not be overlooked. Along with
10A fuse or circuit breaker. diagnostic information obtained from the DRBIIIt
• Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up Scan Tool and the original customer concern, the
to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure road test helps to verify the problem and observe
circuits exceeds 10A. operation under actual vehicle driving conditions.
Just as important as the road test is, there are
• When testing for the presence of voltage or
preliminary inspections that should be carried out
current, make sure the meter is functioning
prior to the road test. Always check the fluid level
correctly. Take a reading of a known voltage or
and condition before taking the vehicle on a road
current before attempting a zero reading.
test. Determine if an incorrect fluid type is being
• When measuring current, connect the meter in used, improper fluid will result in erratic transmis-
series with the load. sion operation. Improper fluid can result in prob-
• Disconnect the live test lead before disconnect- lems. Additionally, a variety of complaints can be
ing the common test lead. caused by incorrect fluid level. Some of the condi-
• When using the meter function, keep the tions caused by incorrect fluid level are as follows:
DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to • Delayed engagement
avoid measuring error from outside interference. • Poor shifting or erratic shifts
• Excessive noise
4.3 WARNINGS
• Overheating
The next step is to verify that the shift linkage is
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS correctly adjusted. If the gearshift linkage is incor-
rectly adjusted, a number of complaints can result.
Before disconnecting any control module, make
The TCM monitors the Shift Lever Position
sure the ignition is “lock” position. Failure to do so
(SLP) Sensor continuously. If the linkage is incor-
could damage the module.
rectly adjusted, the TCM will sense a shift lever
When testing voltage or continuity at any control
position that is not correct for the gear chosen by
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of
the driver. This may cause a DTC to be set.
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the
The following complaints may also be the result
insulation; this will damage it and eventually
of an incorrectly adjusted or worn linkage:
cause it to fail because of corrosion.
Be careful when performing electrical tests so as • Delayed clutch engagement
to prevent accidental shorting of terminals. Such • Erratic shifts
mistakes can damage fuses or components. Also, a

20
 GENERAL INFORMATION
• Vehicle will drive in neutral > Ohmmeter
• Engine will not crank in park or neutral > Voltmeter
• Gearshift linkage will be able to be shifted with- > Pressure gauge (0−300 PSI)
out the key in the ignition
• Not able to remove the ignition key in park
6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
• Parking pawl will not engage properly
The shift linkage should also be adjusted when
replacing the Transmission, repairing the valve 6.1 ACRONYMS
body, or when repairing any component between
the shift lever and the Transmission. BCM -Body Control Module
Some questions to ask yourself when performing CKT -Circuit
the road test are as follows: CVI -Clutch Volume Index
• Is the complaint or concern what you think the DLC -Data Link Connector
problem is, based on the driver’s description of DRBIIIt -Diagnostic Readout Box
the problem?
DTC -Diagnostic Trouble Code
• Is the Transmission operating normally, or is
EATX -Electronic Automatic Transaxle
there a real problem?
EMCC -Electronically Modulated Con-
• When does the problem occur? verter Clutch
• Is the problem only in one gear range? FCM -Front Control Module (part of the
• What temperature does the problem occur? IPM system)
• Does the vehicle have to sit over night for the IOD -Ignition off−draw
problem to occur? IPM -Intelligent Power Module
• Does the transmission go into Limp-in mode? IRT -Intelligent Recovery Timer
ISS -Input Speed Sensor
4.3.3 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR LED -Light Emitting Diode
WARNINGS (IF APPLICABLE) LR -Low/reverse Clutch
LU -Lockup
The pinion factor must be set when replacing the
MIC -Mechanical Instrument Cluster
TCM. Note: The pinion factor is a fixed number and
cannot be changed or updated in some vehicle MIL -Malfunction Indicator Lamp
applications. If the pinion factor is not set or OBDII -On Board Diagnostics
incorrectly set, any speed related functions will not OD -Overdrive Clutch or Pressure
operate correctly i.e. speedometer, speed control, Switch
rolling door locks, and other control modules will OSS -Output Speed Sensor
be affected that depend on speed information. PCM -Powertrain Control Module
PEMCC -Partial Electronically Modulated
4.3.4 BULLETINS AND RECALLS Converter Clutch
Always perform all Safety Recalls and Technical PLU -Partial Lockup
Service Bulletins that are applicable to the prob- REV -Reverse Clutch
lem. SLPK -Solenoid Pack
SSV -Solenoid Switch Valve
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND SW -Switch
EQUIPMENT TCC -Torque Converter Clutch
TCM -Transmission Control Module
> DRBIIIt (diagnostic read−out box) − Must be TP -Throttle Position
at latest release level. TRD -Torque Reduction
> Transmission Simulator (Miller #8333) TRS -Transmission Range Sensor
> Transmission Simulator (Miller #8333-1) UD -Underdrive Clutch
Adapter harness kit and panel overlay for 2/4 -2nd and 4th gear Clutch or Pres-
FWD vehicles. sure Switch
> Jumper wires
> Test Light (minimum of 25 ohms of resis-
tance)

21
GENERAL INFORMATION
6.2 DEFINITIONS Warm-up Cycle - A vehicle start and run cycle
such that the engine coolant must rise to at least
OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) Trip - A vehicle 71°C (160°F) and must rise by at least 4.4°C (40°F)
start and drive cycle such that all once per trip from initial start up. To count as a warm-up cycle,
diagnostic monitors have run. no DTC may occur during the cycle.
Key Start - A vehicle start and run cycle of at least
20 seconds.

22
 7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES

23
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FCM OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ignition on, engine not running. All
Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM).
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Body Communication category and perform the

symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the FCM Output (Run/St)
circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the FCM Output (Run/St) circuit for an open. Refer to the
wiring diagrams location in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

24
 COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the starter relay from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Ignition Switch Output
(Start) circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start
position.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an open.

Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
Note: Reinstall the original Starter Relay.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B(+) circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Check IPM fuse #15 for an open. If OK, repair the Fused B(+)
circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check each ground circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

25
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set Probe to x10.
Press F2 again when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the TCM connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

26
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0120-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0120-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: This code is set if the throttle angle goes out of range or if throttle angle
changes abruptly (i.e.: faster than the throttle body motion could occur).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED PCM DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING & CONNECTORS
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM
TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM
TPS VOLTAGE CHANGE NOT SMOOTH
TCM - TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Powertrain Control Module DTC’s. All

Are the DTCs P0122, P0123, or P0121 present in the PCM?

Yes → Refer to the Driveability category for the related symptom(s).

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

27
TRANSMISSION

P0120-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle. All
With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the TPS voltage.
Is the TPS voltage below 0.3 or above 1.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 7

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TPS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the TPS harness
connector and the Transmission Control Module harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Throttle Position Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Control Module harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TPS Signal Circuit from the TCM harness connector to
the TPS harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the TPS Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. Using the All
schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Pay particular attention to the the point where the TPS signal and sensor ground
circuits splice off from the engine circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair wiring and/or connector as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition on. All

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TPS VOLTS.
Slowly open and close the Throttle.
Is the voltage change smooth?
Yes → Test Complete.

No → Replace the Throttle Position Sensor per the Service Information.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

28
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: Immediately when the Overheat shift schedule is activated 116 C (240 F)
Transmission oil temp.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PLUGGED
HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATIONS ACTIVATED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Perform Engine Cooling System diagnostics per the Service Information All
Is the Engine Cooling System functioning properly?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the cause of the Engine Overheating. Refer to the Service
Information for additional repair information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Check the Transmission Fluid level per the Service Information. All
Is the Transmission Fluid Level at the proper level?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair any Transmission Fluid leak as necessary and adjust the

Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Perform the Transmission Cooler Flow Test per the Service Information. All
Did the Transmission Cooler Flow Test pass?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the cause of the plugged Transmission Oil Cooler and flush
or replace the Transmission Oil cooler as necessary per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

29
TRANSMISSION

P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 This DTC is an informational DTC designed to aid the Technician in diagnosing shift All
quality complaints.
This DTC indicates that the Transmission has been operating in the 9Overheat9 shift
schedule which may generate a customer complaint.
The customer driving patterns may indicate the need for an additional Transmission
Oil Cooler.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair the cause of the Transmission Overheating per the Service
Information. If indicated install an additional Transmission Oil
Cooler.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

30
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE

When Monitored: With the engine running and the TCM has closed the Transmission
Control Relay.
Set Condition: If battery voltage at TCM Transmission Control Relay Output Sense
circuit is less than 10.0 volts for 15 seconds. *This DTC generally indicates a gradually
falling battery voltage or resistive connections to the TCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANS CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TO TCM OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TCM - LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

31
TRANSMISSION

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM DTC’s. All
Are there any Charging System related DTC’s stored in the PCM?
Yes → Refer to the Charging System category and repair any PCM
Charging System DTC’s first. NOTE: After repairing the PCM
charging system DTC’s, perform the Transmission Verification
test to verify the transmission was not damaged.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 NOTE: Generator, battery, and charging system must be fully functional All
before performing this test.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0562.
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the Starts Since Set counter for P0562 set at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 9

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the ground circuits in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the ground circuits?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or high resistance. If the

fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

32
 TRANSMISSION

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check both Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits in the TCM harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
Start the engine.
Using a voltmeter, measure the battery voltage.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Transmission Switched Battery Voltage.
Compare the DRBIIIt Transmission Switched Battery voltage to the actual battery
voltage.
Is the DRBIIIt voltage within 2.0 volts of the battery voltage?

Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

33
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0604-INTERNAL TCM

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

34
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0605-INTERNAL TCM

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

35
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0613-INTERNAL TCM

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Make sure this DTC is set in the TCM before making repair. All
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

36
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL

When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition key on.
Set Condition: 3 occurrences in one key start of an invalid PRNDL code which lasts for
more than 0.1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P0706 PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
TCM - TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT
TCM - TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT
TCM - TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT
TCM - TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT

37
TRANSMISSION

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 Using the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test. All
Select the test outcome from the following:
Test passes
Go To 3

Test fails with DTC

Go To 4

Test fails without DTC

Adjust the shift linkage per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

38
 TRANSMISSION

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable
kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test.
When the DRBIII t instructs you to put the Gear Selector in a particular position,
you must do so using the Transmission Simulator. The LED for the gear position in
question must be illuminated prior to hitting 9enter9 on the DRBIIIt.
Did the test pass?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 6
NOTE: Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all the har-
ness connectors.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Ignition on, engine not running. All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the TRS Sense circuits C1 thru C4.
Move the shift lever thru all gear positions, pausing momentarily in each gear
position. Watch for one of the circuits to not change state.
Pick the one that did not change state.

TRS T1 sense (C4)

Go To 7

TRS T3 sense (C3)

Go To 11

TRS T41 sense (C1)

Go To 15

TRS T42 sense (C2)

Go To 19

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T1 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector
to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

39
TRANSMISSION

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T1 circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to ground.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T1 Sense circuit at the TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T3 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector
to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 12

12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T3 Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to ground.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 13

40
 TRANSMISSION

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

13 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T3 Sense circuit at the TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 14

14 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T41 Sense circuit from the TCM connector to the
TRS connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 16

16 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T41 Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 17

41
TRANSMISSION

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T41 Sense circuit at the TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 18

18 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

19 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T42 Sense circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 20

20 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T42 Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 21

42
 TRANSMISSION

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

21 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T42 Sense circuit at the TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 22

22 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

43
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in input RPM in any gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR
TCM - INPUT SPEED SENSOR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

44
 TRANSMISSION

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Start the engine in park. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input RPM.
Is the Input RPM reading below 400 RPM?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 11

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Input and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 RPM and the Output RPM read 1250 RPM +/- 50
RPM?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

NOTE: Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all harness

connectors.

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Input Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

45
TRANSMISSION

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Input Speed Sensor signal circuit.
Is the resistance Below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

46
 TRANSMISSION

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

47
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in output RPM in any gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR
TCM - OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

48
 TRANSMISSION

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Start the engine in park. All
Raise the drive wheels off of the ground.
WARNING: PROPERLY SUPPORT THE VEHICLE.
Place transmission in drive, release foot from brake.
WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Note: The drive wheels must be turning at this point.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Output RPM
Is the Output RPM below 100 RPM?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 11

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input RPM and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 and the Output RPM read 1250 +/- 50 RPM?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Output Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

49
TRANSMISSION

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the resistance Below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch harness connector
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

50
 TRANSMISSION

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

51
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: Engine RPM less than 390 or greater than 8000 for more than 2 seconds
while the engine is running.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM CKP DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING & CONNECTORS
CRANK POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
CRANK POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
TCM - ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, read PCM DTCs. All

Are there any PCM Crank Position Sensor DTC’s present?
Yes → Repair all PCM Throttle Position Sensor DTCs before proceeding.
Refer to the driveability category for the appropriate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

52
 TRANSMISSION

P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 NOTE: This code is not a Transmission Input Speed Sensor DTC All
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0725.
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 7

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Crank Position Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Crank Position Sensor Ground circuit between the
TCM harness connector and the CKP harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Crank Position Sensor Ground circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Crank Position Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Crank Position Sensor Signal circuit between the TCM
harness connector and the CKP harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Crank Position Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Check the power and ground circuits of the Transmission Control Module.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Engine RPM.
Wiggle the wire harness between the TCM and CKP.
Were any problems found and/or did the Engine RPM change while wiggling the
harness?

Yes → Repair wiring and/or connectors as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

53
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST

When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All

If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are the DTC’s P0944, P0715, P0720, P1794, or P0867 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. If the DTC P0944 is present perform its respective test
first.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

54
 TRANSMISSION

P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 1st Gear Clutch Test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTC(’s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
NOTE: Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD
Adapter Cable kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all components
related to the Underdrive and L/R clutches. Inspect the Oil Pump
per the Service Information and repair or replace as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

55
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND

When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

56
 TRANSMISSION

P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are the DTC’s P0944, P0715, P0720, P1794, or P0867 present also?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate

symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. If the DTC P0944 is present perform its respective
tests first.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 2nd Gear Clutch Test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the Throttle Angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
NOTE: Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD
Adapter Cable kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All

Is the DTC P0845 and/or P0846 present also?

Yes → Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service

Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Underdrive and 2/4 clutches. Inspect the Oil
Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

57
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD

When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

58
 TRANSMISSION

P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are the DTC’s P0944, P0715, P0720, P1794, or P0867 present also?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate

symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. If the DTC P0944 is present perform its respective
tests first.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 3rd gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Rear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
NOTE: Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD
Adapter Cable kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All

Is the DTC P0870 and/or P0871 present also?

Yes → Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service

Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Underdrive and Overdrive clutches. Inspect
the Oil Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

59
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH

When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

60
 TRANSMISSION

P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are the DTC’s P0944, P0715, P0720, P1794, or P0867 present also?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate

symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. If the DTC P0944 is present perform its respective
tests first.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 4th gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear Ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
NOTE: Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD
Adapter Cable kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All

Is the DTC P0845 and/or P0846 present also?

Yes → Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service

Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Overdrive and 2/4 clutches. Inspect the Oil
Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

61
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE

When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All

If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are the DTC’s P0944, P0715, P0720, P1794, or P0867 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. If the DTC P0944 is present perform its respective
tests first.
No → Go To 3

62
 TRANSMISSION

P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the Reverse gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on All
the DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the Transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear Ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
NOTE: Remove the starter relay before installing the Transmission Simu-
lator.
Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD
Adapter Cable kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Reverse and L/R clutches. Inspect the Oil
Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.

63
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored: During Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch (EMCC) Operation.
Set Condition: A) Transmission must be in EMCC, with input speed > than 1750 RPM.
TCC/L-R sol achieves the maximum duty cycle & can’t pull engine RPM within 60 RPM of
input speed. B) Transmissions is in FEMCC & engine slips TCC > than 100 RPM for 10
seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT OPERATION
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - TCC OUT OF RANGE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 Ignition on, engine not running. All

With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s
Is the DTC P0750 and/or P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

64
 TRANSMISSION

P0740-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Transmission DTCs.
Drive the vehicle until it is fully warmed up to at least 43° C or 110° F.
Perform the following steps 3 times.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor TPS degree.
Drive the vehicle to the speed of 83 Km/h or 50 MPH and allow 4th gear to engage for
at least 10 seconds.
Close the throttle, then tip back in until the throttle angle, TPS degrees, is between
25 and 29 degrees.
NOTE: If you go over 30 TPS degrees, you must back off of the throttle and
retry.
Did the TCC engage during any of the attempts?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found in
the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure
Switch Assembly. Replace the Torque Converter in either case.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

65
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. The solenoids
will also be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if a test
is run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
L/R SOLENOID
TCM - L/R SOLENOID

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

66
 TRANSMISSION

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0890, P0891, or P0888
present?

Yes → Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom for
Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the L/R Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the L/R Solenoid LED.
Did the L/R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open
or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

67
TRANSMISSION

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Solenoid Control circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

68
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. They will also
be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 SOLENOID
TCM - 2/4 SOLENOID

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

69
TRANSMISSION

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0890, P0891, or P0888
present?.

Yes → Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom for
Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0755 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the 2/4 Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the 2/4 Solenoid LED.
Did the 2/4 Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

70
 TRANSMISSION

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit in the TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module .WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

71
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. They will also
be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD SOLENOID
TCM - OD SOLENOID

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

72
 TRANSMISSION

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0888, P0890, or P0891
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the OD Solenoid LED.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the OD Solenoid.
Did the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

73
TRANSMISSION

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the OD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the OD Solenoid Control circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

74
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. They will also
be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
UD SOLENOID
TCM - UD SOLENOID

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

75
TRANSMISSION

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0890, P0891, or P0988
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0765 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the UD Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the UD Solenoid LED.
Did the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

76
 TRANSMISSION

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the UD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the voltage of the UD Solenoid Control circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

77
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or
closed at the wrong time in a given gear .

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY DTCS PRESENT
TCM AND WIRING - L/R PRESSURE SWITCH
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TCM - L/R PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

78
 TRANSMISSION

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s. All
Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All

Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0888, P0890, or P0891
present?

Yes → Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate test for
Transmission Relay related DTC’s.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0841. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 11

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
On the Transmission Simulator select L/R on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

79
TRANSMISSION

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit in
the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

80
 TRANSMISSION

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

81
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed > 1000 RPM, the TCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don’t have pressure to
identify the correct pressure sw closes. If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code
sets.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME P0944 PRESENT
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
TCM - 2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE

82
 TRANSMISSION

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs. All

Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All

Is the DTC P0732, P0734 and/or P0846 present also?

Yes → Repair internal transmission as necessary. Refer to the Service

Information for the proper repair procedure for components
related to the OD clutch.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0845. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 12

83
TRANSMISSION

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, select 92/49 on the Pressure Switch rotary switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the 2/4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure
Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Wiggle the wiring leading to the TCM while pressing the button.
Did the 2-4 Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If there are no problems
found in the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit or an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

84
 TRANSMISSION

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

11 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

85
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or
closed at the wrong time in a given gear .

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH
TCM - 2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

86
 TRANSMISSION

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0890, P0891, or P0888
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0846?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, select 2/4 on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the 2/4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure
Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open
or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

87
TRANSMISSION

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

88
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed > 1000 RPM, the TCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don’t have pressure to
identify the correct pressure sw closes. If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code
sets

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
TCM - O/D HYDRAULIC TEST FAILURE

89
TRANSMISSION

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs. All

Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All

Is the DTC P0733 and/or P0871 present also?

Yes → Replace the Transmission or Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly

per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0870. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 12

90
 TRANSMISSION

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
With the Transmission Simulator, select 9OD9 on the Pressure Switch rotary switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Wiggle the wires leading to the TCM while pressing the button.
Did the O/D Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found in
the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure
Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit in
the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector..
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

91
TRANSMISSION

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

11 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

92
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or
closed at the wrong time in a given gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION RELAY DTCS PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH INOPERATIVE
TCM - O/D PRESSURE SWITCH

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

93
TRANSMISSION

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0890, P0891, or P0888
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0871?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
On the Transmission Simulator select OD on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open
or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

94
 TRANSMISSION

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

95
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED
When Monitored: When Transmission Control Module initially powers-up.
Set Condition: If the TCM powers up and senses a valid forward gear PRNDL DTC and
the Output RPM is above 800 RPM (approximately 32 Km/h or 20 MPH) then the DTC will
set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER UP AT SPEED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 This DTC is set when the TCM is initialized while the vehicle is moving down the All
road in a valid forward gear.
Check all of the Fused B+, Fused Ignition Switch Output, and Ground circuits to the
TCM for an intermittent open or short to ground.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair wiring and/or connectors as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

96
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF

When Monitored: Continuously
Set Condition: This code is set when less than 3 volts are present at the transmission
control relay output circuits at the Transmission Control Module when the TCM is
energizing the relay.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TCM - TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY ALWAYS OFF

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

97
TRANSMISSION

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0888. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 10

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the
Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or high resistance. If the
fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit between
the Transmission Control Relay connector and the TCM harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for an

open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Transmission Control Relay
Ground circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit for an open

or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

98
 TRANSMISSION

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the three Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits.
NOTE: There are three Transmission Relay Output circuits. Two are located
in the TCM harness connector and one located in the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly on all three Transmission Control Relay
Output circuits?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open
or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Relay Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

99
TRANSMISSION

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Transmission Control Relay.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid /Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Does the test light blink on and off?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Replace the TCM. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK

LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

10 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

100
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY
When Monitored: Ignition key is turned from the OFF position to RUN position and/or
ignition key is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses voltage on any
of the Pressure Switch Inputs prior to the TCM energizing the Transmission Control Relay.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TCM - SWITCHED BATTERY

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0890. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0890 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 7

101
TRANSMISSION

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2-4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to

voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

102
 TRANSMISSION

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

103
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON

When Monitored: When ignition key is turned from the OFF position to the RUN position
and/or ignition is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses greater than
3 volts at the Transmission Control Relay Output terminal of the TCM prior to the TCM
energizing the relay.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK CLOSED
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TCM - TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

104
 TRANSMISSION

P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0891. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set to 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 7

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output Circuit in the Transmission Control Relay.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the
Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short
to voltage
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Relay Control circuit in the IPM connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair Transmission Relay Control Circuit for a short to voltage.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

105
TRANSMISSION

P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

106
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID

When Monitored: With each transition from full Torque Convertor to partial Torque
Convertor engagement for A/C bump prevention.
Set Condition: When vehicle shudder is detected during partial engagement (PEMCC).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
WORN OUT/ BURNT TRANSMISSION FLUID

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

107
TRANSMISSION

P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Turn the ignition off. All
Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and Oil Filter per the Service Information.
Install a new Transmission Oil Filter per Service Information.
Reinstall Transmission Oil Pan, and refill with new Transmission Fluid per the
Service Information.
Note: The Transmission Cooler must be flushed before prodceeding.
Start the engine, check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service
Information.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes, in Park.
Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler per the Service Information.
Turn the ignition off.
Drain and refill the Transmission Fluid.
Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler again.
Start the engine, check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service
Information.
With the DRBIIIt, perform a Battery Disconnect.
Note: This must be done to re enable EMCC during an A/C Clutch engage-
ment.
The vehicle may exhibit intermittent shudder during the first few hundred miles.
Note: The oil will gradually penetrate the TCC friction material and the
shudder should disappear.
Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
Did the Code reset or does the vehicle still shudder after a few thousand miles?

Yes → Replace the Torque Convertor per the Service Information.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

108
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME
When Monitored: If the transmission is slipping in any forward gear and the pressure
switches are not indicating pressure, a loss of prime test is run.
Set Condition: If the Trans. begins to slip in a forward gear & the press. switch(s) that
should be closed are open a loss of prime test begins. Available elements are turned on by
the TCM to see if pump prime exists.The code sets if no pressure switches respond.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PLUGGED TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
SHIFT LEVER POSITION
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

109
TRANSMISSION

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 The Transmission Fluid temperature must be above 21° C or 70° F prior to checking All
fluid level. Adjusting fluid level on a cold transmission will result in an overfilled
transmission.
Check the Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information.
Is the Transmission Fluid Level at the proper level?
Yes → Go To 3

No → If the Transmission Fluid is low, repair any Transmission Fluid

leak as necessary and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Place the gear selector in park. All

Start the engine.
NOTE: The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43° C or 110° F before
performing the following steps.
The Transmission must be at operating temperature prior to checking pressure. A
cold Transmission will give higher readings.
Place the Transmission in Reverse.
With the DRBIIIt, observe the Transmission Pressure Switch states.
Are any of the Pressure Switches closed?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 6

4 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Test drive the vehicle. Allow the Transmission to shift through all gears and ranges.
Did you experience a delayed engagement and/or a no drive condition?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 5

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

6 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil Pan and Transmission Oil Filter per the All
Service Information.
Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris and/or is the Oil Filter
plugged?

Yes → Repair the cause of the plugged Transmission Oil Filter. Refer to
the Service Information for the proper repair procedure.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

110
 TRANSMISSION

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 With the DRBIIIt, perform a Shift Lever Position test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Did the Shift Lever Position Test pass?

Yes → Go To 8

No → Refer to symptom list and perform test for DTC P0706.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Oil Pump per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

111
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0951-AUTOSTICK SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0951-AUTOSTICK SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The transmission shift lever is not in the Autostick Position and either the
upshift or down shift switch is closed. The code also sets if both switches are closed at the
same time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFY AUTOSTICK OPERATION WITH SWITCH IN THE DOWN POSITION
VERIFY AUTOSTICK OPERATION WITH SWITCH IN THE UP POSITION
VERIFY OD OFF SWITCH OPERATION
INTERMITTENT OPERATION
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF SWITCH ASSEMBLY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TCM - AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0951. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0951 set at 0?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 11

2 Ignition on, engine not running. All

Select the AutoStickt position on the Gear Shift Lever.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the AutoStickt MUX Switch voltage.
NOTE: Do not press any AutoStickt switch while reading the voltage.
Is the AutoStickt MUX voltage between 3.8 and 4.8 volts?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 6

112
 TRANSMISSION

P0951-AUTOSTICK SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All
Select the AutoStickt position on the Gear Shift Lever.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the AutoStickt MUX Switch voltage.
Push the AutoStickt switch to the down shift position.
Is the AutoStickt MUX voltage between 0.3 and 1.6 volts?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Autostick/OD OFF Switch (part of the Gear Shift

Lever Assembly) per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Ignition on, engine not running. All

Select the AutoStickt position with the Gear Shift Lever.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the AutoStickt MUX Switch voltage.
Push the AutoStickt switch to the up shift position.
Is the AutoStickt MUX Switch voltage between 1.6 and 2.8 volts?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Replace the Autostick/OD OFF Switch (part of the Gear Shift
Lever Assembly) per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Ignition on, engine not running. All

Select the Drive position with the Gear Shift Lever.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the AutoStickt MUX Switch voltage.
Push the O/D OFF switch.
Is the AutoStickt MUX Switch voltage between 2.8 and 3.8 volts?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Replace the AutoStick/OD OFF Switch (part of the Gear Shift
Lever Assembly) per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit between the
AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector and the TCM harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

113
TRANSMISSION

P0951-AUTOSTICK SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the ground circuit between the AutoStick/OD Switch
harness connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair the AutoStick/OD OFF Switch ground circuit for an open.

If the AutoStick/OD OFF Switch ground circuit is not open then
replace the AutoStick/OD OFF Switch (part of the Gear Shift
Lever Assembly) per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Autostick/OD switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit.
Is the voltage above 5.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

114
 TRANSMISSION

P0951-AUTOSTICK SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Test drive the vehicle through all Autostick gears.
Were any problems found or did the DTC return?

Yes → Repair any wiring/connector problems as necessary. If the DTC

sets again, return to the symptom P0951 and perform the
diagnostics.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

115
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed > 1000 RPM, the TCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don’t have pressure to
identify the correct pressure sw closes. If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code
sets.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P0992 PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 NOTE: The vehicle must be driven to set this DTC, the transmission must be All
warm or hot with the Engine RPM above 1000 RPM.
This DTC is an indicator of a 2/4 and/or O/D Hydraulic Pressure Switch DTC’s
present. Perform the tests for P0870 and/or P0845 to determine which switch is
failing.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom for P0870 and/or P0845.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

116
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION

When Monitored: Continuously with engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC sets in approximately 20 seconds if no BUS messages are
received by the TCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH MIC
NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, erase TCM DTC’s. All
Note: Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making
transmission repairs.
Start the engine in park.
Did the DTC reset after the engine was started?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5

2 Ignition on, engine not running. All

With the DRBIIIt, attempt communication with the MIC
Can you communicate with the MIC?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All

With the DRBIIIt, select the following screens in order: 9BODY9 9MIC9 9MONITOR
DISPLAY9 9PCI BUS ENGINE INFO9.
Does the DRBIIIt, read 9NO RESPONSE9 from any of the listed PCM monitors?

Yes → Refer to Communication Category for the related symptom(s).

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

117
TRANSMISSION

P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

118
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED

When Monitored: Whenever the key is in the Run/Start position.
Set Condition: This code is set whenever Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
disconnected from battery power B+ or ground. It will also be set during the DRBIIIt
Quick Battery Disconnect procedure.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
QUICK LEARN WAS PERFORMED
RECENT BATTERY DISCONNECTION
TCM WAS REPLACED OR DISCONNECTED
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

119
TRANSMISSION

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage below 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 5

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or high resistance. If the

fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check all the ground circuits in the
TCM harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits?
Yes → Test Complete.

No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Has the Quick Learn procedure been performed? All

Yes → This is the cause of the DTC. Erase the DTC and return the
vehicle to the customer.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Has the battery been disconnected, lost it’s charge, or been replaced recently? All

Yes → This is the cause of the DTC. Erase the DTC and return the
vehicle to the customer.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Has the TCM been replaced or disconnected? All

Yes → Replacing or disconnecting the TCM will set this DTC. Erase the
DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

120
 TRANSMISSION

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

121
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC

When Monitored: Continuously with engine running.
Set Condition: The code sets in approximately 25 seconds if no BUS messages are
received form the MIC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
MIC - NO COMMUNICATION
TCM - BUS COMMUNICATION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1687. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 5

2 With the DRBIIIt, check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a All
vehicle bus problem.
Bus related DTC’s in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem. Other
symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled
features also indicate a bus problem.
Does the PRNDL display indicate 9No Bus9 or is there any evidence of an overall
vehicle bus problem?
Yes → Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All

With the DRBIIIt, clear all DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read the MIC DTC’s.
Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the MIC?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom related to No Response to MIC.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

122
 TRANSMISSION

P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase TCM DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
Is the DTC, P1687- No Communication with the MIC, present?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

123
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE

When Monitored: Continuously with ignition key on.
Set Condition: If no bus messages are received from the Powertrain Control Module for
10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM
OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TCM - BUS COMMUNICATION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1694. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1694 set to 0?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 5

2 Ignition on, engine not running. All

With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Powertrain Control Module
(PCM).
Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the PCM?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-

ate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 With the DRBIIIt, check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a All
vehicle bus problem.
Bus related DTC’s in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem. Other
symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled
features also indicate a bus problem.
Does the PRNDL display indicate 9No Bus9 or is there any evidence of an overall
vehicle bus problem?
Yes → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

124
 TRANSMISSION

P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

4 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase TCM DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
Did the DTC, P1694, return?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

125
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION

When Monitored: During an attempted shift into 1st gear.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if three unsuccessful attempts are made to shift into 1st
gear in one given ignition start.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH INOPERATIVE
INTERMITTENT OPERATION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TCM - SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

126
 TRANSMISSION

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s All
Is the DTC P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Perform a visual inspection of all connectors, wiring, and cooler connections before All
proceeding. Repair as necessary.
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1775.
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 10

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable
kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, select the L/R on the Pressure Switch selector.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the L/R Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test
button was pressed?
Yes → Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the
Service Information and repair or replace as necessary. If no
problems are found in Valve Body, replace the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

127
TRANSMISSION

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

128
 TRANSMISSION

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Test drive the vehicle.
Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement?

Yes → Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem
in the SSV area. If no problems are found, replace the Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly. If excessive debris is present in the
Pan or Valve Body, repair cause of the debris as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

129
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION

When Monitored: Continuously when doing partial or full EMCC (PEMCC or FEMCC).
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the TCM senses the L/R Pressure Switch closing while
performing PEMCC or FEMCC or after two unsuccessful attempts to perform PEMCC or
FEMCC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH INOPERATIVE
INTERMITTENT OPERATION
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TCM - SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

130
 TRANSMISSION

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs All
Is the DTC P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to symptom list and perform test for DTC P0841.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Perform a visual inspection of all connectors, wiring, and cooler connections before All
proceeding. Repair as necessary.
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1776.
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 10

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
On the Transmission Simulator select L/R on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?

Yes → Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the
Service Information and repair or replace as necessary. If no
problems are found in Valve Body, replace the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open

or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

131
TRANSMISSION

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

132
 TRANSMISSION

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —

Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Test drive the vehicle.
Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement?

Yes → Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem
in the SSV area. If no problems are found, replace the Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly. If excessive debris is present in the
Pan or Valve Body, repair the cause of debris as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

133
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT

When Monitored: After a speed ratio error is stored.
Set Condition: This code is set if the associated speed ratio code is stored within 1.3
seconds after a shift.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P1790 PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 This DTC is set along with a gear ratio DTC. Perform the appropriate test for the All
Gear Ratio DTC stored.
NOTE: Check 1 trip failures if there are no Gear Ratio DTC’s current.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

134
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR

When Monitored: The transmission controller pulses the 12 volt TRD signal from the
PCM to ground, during torque managed shifts with the throttle angle above 54 degrees.
The TRD system is also tested whenever the vehicle is stopped and the engine speed is at
idle.
Set Condition: This code is set when the Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends two
subsequent torque reduction messages to the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) via the
TRD link circuit and does not receive a confirmation from the PCM over the communica-
tion bus.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
PCM - TRD LINK
TCM - TRD LINK

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

135
TRANSMISSION

P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All
Are any of the following DTCs P1694, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0736 present
also?

Yes → If any of these codes are present, disregard the P1793 DTC and
refer to the symptom list for the other DTC’(s).
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET equal to 0?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 9

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit from the
TCM harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Torque Management Request Sense circuit for an
open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Torque Management Request Sense
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to

ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the voltage above 10.5 volts?
Yes → Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit short to volt-
age.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

136
 TRANSMISSION

P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the voltage above 7.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

137
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR

When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: After a TCM reset in neutral and Input/Output equals a ratio of input to
output of 2.50

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TCM - SPEED SENSOR GROUND

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 Start the engine in park. All

With the DRBIIIt, observe the Input and Output Speed Sensor readings.
Is the Output Speed Sensor reading twice the Input Speed Sensor reading?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 3

138
 TRANSMISSION

P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

3 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using the Transmission Simulator, set the selector switch to the 3000/1250 position.
Turn the Input/Output switch to ON.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input and Output Speed Sensor RPM.
Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1250 RPM within
50 RPM?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open or high
resistance..
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

139
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

When Monitored: Whenever engine is running and transmission is in the AutoStick
mode.
Set Condition: If the engine temperature exceeds 124° C or 255° F or the transmission
temperature exceeds 135° C or 275° F while in AutoStick mode. Note: Aggressive driving
or driving in low for extended periods of time in AutoStickt mode will set this DTC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 This is an informational DTC only. All

Check the Engine and Transmission Cooling Systems for proper operation.
Check the Radiator Cooling Fan operation.
Check the Transmission Cooling Fan operation if equipped.
Check the Transmission Fluid Level. Make sure it is not overfilled.
NOTE: Aggressive driving or driving in low for extended periods of time in
Autostickt mode will set this DTC.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

140
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
P1799-CALCULATED OIL TEMP IN USE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1799-CALCULATED OIL TEMP IN USE

When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running. The DTC is set if any of the following
conditions exist for three consecutive ignition starts: The thermistor voltage is out of range
(below 0.70 volts or greater than 4.94 volts)
Set Condition: If continuous erratic thermistor voltage is sensed. The thermistor tem-
perature stays below 27° C or 80° F for an extended period time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INOPERATIVE
TCM - HI TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TCM - LO TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

141
TRANSMISSION

P1799-CALCULATED OIL TEMP IN USE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 12

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

CAUTION: Remove the Starter Relay from the IPM. This will prevent the
vehicle from being started in gear.
Install Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable kit,
Miller tool #8333-1.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Trans Temp Volts.
On the Transmission Simulator place the Thermistor Voltage Selector Switch to all
three positions. Compare the DRBIIIt reading with the numbers on the Transmis-
sion Simulator.
Pick one that best matches your readings.
DRBIIIt readings always high.
Go To 4

DRBIIIt readings = simulator +/- 0.25 V

Go To 9

DRBIIIt readings always low

Go To 10
DRBIIIt readings erratic.
Go To 12

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit from
the TCM harness connector to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for

an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

142
 TRANSMISSION

P1799-CALCULATED OIL TEMP IN USE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the IPM.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector in the IPM.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage above 8.0 volts?

Yes → Repair Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a

short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the TCM. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
If the temperature readings are correct with the simulator in-
stalled, the problem must be internal.Replace TRS assembly as
required.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

143
TRANSMISSION

P1799-CALCULATED OIL TEMP IN USE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit shorted

to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

11 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the TCM. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

144
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK OUTPUT OPEN

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK FEED CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID
FRONT CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTC’s.
Turn the ignition off to the lock position.
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the DRBIIIt display BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK OUTPUT OPEN?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 8

2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to B+, check the Brake Shift Interlock Control
circuit in the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 6

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Brake Shift Interlock Feed
circuit in the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Brake Shift Interlock Solenoid in accordance with the
Service Information.

145
TRANSMISSION

*BRAKE SHIFT INTERLOCK OUTPUT OPEN — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Front Control Module harness connector.
Disconnect the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Brake Shift Interlock Feed Circuit from the Front
Control Module connector to the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Brake Shift Interlock Feed Circuit for an open.

No → Go To 7

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Front Control Module harness connector.
Disconnect the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Brake Shift Interlock Control Circuit from the Front
Control Module connector to the Brake Shift Interlock harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Brake Shift Interlock Control Circuit for an open.

No → Go To 7

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Front Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.

8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.

No → Test Complete.

146
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION

POSSIBLE CAUSES
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
PCM - P/N POSITION SWITCH

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Park/Neutral Position Switch input state.
While moving the gear selector through all gear positions, Park to 1 and back to Park,
watch the DRBIIIt display.
Did the DRBIIIt display show P/N and D/R in the correct gear positions?
Yes → Test Complete.
No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for an open.

3 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance above 100k ohms?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.

4 Turn the ignition off. All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Move the Gear selector through all gear positions, from Park to 1st and back.
While moving the gear selector through each gear, measure the resistance between
ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Did the resistance change from above 10.0 ohms to below 10.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Replace the Transmission Range Sensor.

147
TRANSMISSION

*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the Service Information.
Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 2.

148
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*INCORRECT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 The transmission must be above 70 degree F. prior to checking fluid level. Adjusting All
fluid level on a cold transmission will result in an overfilled transmission.
Check the transmission fluid level per the service information.
Is the fluid level OK?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Adjust fluid level. Repair cause of incorrect fluid level.

149
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*NO BACK UP LAMP OPERATION

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BCM - BUS PROBLEM
IPM - BUS PROBLEM
BCM - BACK UP LAMP DRIVER OPEN DTC PRESENT
BCM - BACK UP LAMP DRIVER SHORTED DTC PRESENT
LEFT REVERSE LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
LEFT REVERSE LAMP OPEN
RIGHT REVERSE LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RIGHT REVERSE LAMP OPEN
TRS GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS REVERSE SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN TO IPM

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the BCM. All
Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the BCM?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom diagnosis.

2 With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the IPM. All

Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the IPM?
Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom diagnosis.

3 With the DRBIIIt, read the BCM DTCs. All

Is the Back Up Lamp Driver Open DTC Present?
Yes → Refer to the Body category and perform the appropriate symptom
diagnosis.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, read the BCM DTCs. All

Is the Back Up Lamp Driver Shorted DTC Present?

Yes → Refer to the Body category and perform the appropriate symptom
diagnosis.

No → Go To 5

150
 TRANSMISSION

*NO BACK UP LAMP OPERATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Left Reverse Lamp harness connector per the service information.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Reverse Lamp Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Reverse Lamp Ground circuit for an open.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Left Reverse Lamp harness connector per the service information.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance across the Reverse Lamp contacts.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Reverse Lamp.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Right Reverse Lamp harness connector per the service information.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Reverse Lamp Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair the Reverse Lamp Ground circuit for an open.

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the Right Reverse Lamp harness connector per the service information.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance across the Reverse Lamp contacts.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Replace the Reverse Lamp.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS Ground circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the TRS Ground circuit for an open.

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All

Disconnect the IPM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS Reverse Sense circuit between the IPM connector
and the TRS connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Test Complete.

No → Repair the TRS Reverse Sense circuit for an open.

151
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 With the DRBIIIt, check the pinion factor setting in the TCM. All
Is the pinion factor missing or set incorrectly?
Yes → One possible cause is the pinion factor is not set or is set
incorrectly in the TCM.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

152
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC’S PRESENT

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY WHILE STANDING STILL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Check the Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information. All
Is the fluid level OK?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Adjust fluid level and repair cause of incorrect fluid level.

2 Place vehicle on hoist. All

WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Run vehicle on hoist under conditions necessary to duplicate the noise.
NOTE: It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle to duplicate the noise.
Using Chassis Ears or other suitable listening device, verify the source of the noise.
Is the noise coming from the transmission?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Test Complete.

3 With the shift lever in neutral, raise the engine speed and listen to the noise. All
NOTE: THE RADIO MUST BE TURNED OFF. Alternator noise can come
through the speakers and be misinterpreted as Transmission Pump Whine.
This can happen even with the volume turned down.
Does the noise get louder or change pitch while the engine speed is changing?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. If no problems
found, replace the Transmission oil pump..

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. Pay particular
attention to bearings, pinion gears, etc. Repair or replace as
necessary.

153
TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC’S

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BUS PROBLEMS
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT WIRING & CONNECTORS
COLD TRANSMISSION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 Using the DRBIIIt, check all other Modules for signs of a PCI bus problem such as All
bus related DTC’s and/or communication problems.
Check and diagnose all 1 trip failures as a hard code.
Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC
P1793, one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next
start up. If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem, the bus must be repaired
first
Do any of the other modules show signs of a bus problem?

Yes → Repair the PCI bus problem.

Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 2

2 NOTE: If the Transmission shifts too early when the Transmission is cold, All
this is a normal condition. The software is designed to protect the Trans-
mission from high torque and/or high RPM shifts during cold operation.
Did the problem occur when the Transmission temperature was cold?
Yes → This is a normal condition.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. Using the All
schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Wiggle the wires while
checking for shorts and open circuits.
Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC
P1793, one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next
start up. If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem, the bus must be repaired
first
Were any problems found?
Yes → Repair wiring and/or connector as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

154
 TRANSMISSION

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY

1 NOTE: If the Transmission Simulator Miller tool #8333 will not power up, All
this is a symptom of the Transmission Relay being open, such as Limp-in,
and/or this also could be a indication of the Transmission Simulator not
installed correctly on the vehicle.
NOTE: Check the Simulator ground cable connection.
NOTE: Check all Transmission Simulator harness connections.
Repair these symptoms before having the Transmission Simulator Miller Tool #8333
repaired.

Continue
Test Complete.

155
VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests
41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY
1. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC). All
2. Reconnect any disconnected components.
3. With the DRBIIIt, erase all Transmission DTC’s, also erase the PCM DTC’s.
4. NOTE: Erase DTC P0700 in the PCM to turn the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
off after making Transmission repairs.
5. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT - above 43° C or 110° F.
6. Check the Transmission Fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service information for
the Fluid Fill procedure.
7. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or the Transmission has been repaired
or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset
the (Pinion Factor(
8. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3,
3-4 upshifts. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
9. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5 seconds
each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
10. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptom’s When Monitored/When Set
conditions to verify the DTC repair.
11. If equipped with AutoStickt, up-shift and down-shift several times using the AutoStickt
feature during the road test.
12. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII Task Manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
13. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) during the road test. If a DTC sets during the
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate Symptom.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) set during the road test?

Yes → Refer to the Symptom List for appropriate Symptom(s).

No → Repair is complete.

POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 2 APPLICABILITY

1. NOTE: If the PCM has been replaced and the correct VIN and mileage have not All
been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS Module, Airbag Module and the
SKIM.
2. NOTE: If the vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key Immobilizer System, Secret
Key data must be updated. Refer to the Service Information for the PCM, SKIM and
the Transponder (ignition key) for programming information.
3. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all components related to the repair are connected
properly.
4. With the DRBIIIt, clear DTCs and Reset Memory all engine values.
5. Run the engine for one warm-up cycle to verify proper operation.
6. Road test the vehicle. Use all accessories that may be related to this repair.
7. With the DRBIIIt, confirm that no DTC’s or Secondary Indicators are present and that all
components are functioning properly.
8. If this test is being performed after a No Trouble Code test, verify the symptom is no longer
present.
9. If the symptom is still present, or any other symptom or DTC is present refer to the
appropriate category and perform the corresponding symptom.
10. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
11. If there are no DTCs present and all components are functional properly, the repair is
complete.
Are any DTCs present?
Yes → Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.

No → Repair is complete.

156
 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS O
M
8.1 AUTOSTICK P
O
N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
8.2 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE S

8.3 PRESSURE PORT LOCATIONS

157
 COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.4 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS
M
P
O
N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

8.5 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

158
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

AUTOSTICK SWITCH (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T55 20YL/VT AUTOSTICK/OVERDRIVE OFF MUX INPUT
2 Z65 20BK/YL GROUND

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F888 18BR/PK 8 VOLT SUPPLY
2 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
C
3 K24 18BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
O
N
N
E
C
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION O
1 - - R
2 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
3 - - P
4 Z11 18BK/LG GROUND I
5 Z111 18BK/WT (EXCEPT GROUND N
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
5 Z111 20BK/WT (BUILT-UP- GROUND
O
EXPORT) U
6 D20 20WT/LG (GAS) SCI RECEIVE T
7 D21 20WT/BR (EXCEPT SCI TRANSMIT S
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
7 D21 20WT/DG (BUILT- UP- SCI TRANSMIT
EXPORT)
8 - -
9 D23 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
10 - -
11 - -
12 - -
13 - -
14 D16 20WT/OR (GAS) SCI RECEIVE
15 - -
16 A105 20DB/RD FUSED B(+)

159
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT CONTROL MODULE - BLACK 49 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A1 B(+)
2 A1 B(+)
3 L43 LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
4 L34 RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
5 L33 LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
6 L44 RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
7 - NOT USED
8 Z117, Z118, Z343, Z344 GROUND
9 A1 B(+)
10 FCM 10 HORN RELAY CONTROL
11 FCM 11 NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY CONTROL
12 - SPARE
13 FCM 13 PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL
14 FCM 14 FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
15 C41 (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
16 W7 FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
17 X3 HORN SWITCH SENSE
18 W1 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
19 FCM 19 (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)

C 20 A114 FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)

O 21 L78 FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)

N 22 D25 PCI BUS

N 23 G931 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN

E 24 - SPARE

C 25 G31 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL

T 26 L13 (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL

O 27 F1, F2 FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)

R 28 F214 SIACM RUN-START DRIVER

29 F100 ORC RUN DRIVER

P 30 FCM 30 FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL

I 31 FCM 31 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL

N 32 FCM 32 (BUILT-UP- HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL

EXPORT))
O 33 FCM 33 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL
U 34 FCM 34 FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL
T 35 FCM 35 ACCESSORY RELAY CONTROL (RUN-ACC)
S 36 B20 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
37 F20 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
38 A1 B(+) (WHEN IPM C-5 CPA IS NOT ENGAGED)
39 T2 TRS REVERSE SENSE
40 T753 (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
41 L77 FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
42 D23 FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
43 Z116 GROUND
44 L50 PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
45 W10 FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
46 W20 REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
47 K32 BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
48 F201 ORC RUN-START DRIVER
49 - NOT USED

160
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

INPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX) - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
2 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

161
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

162
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (IPM)
FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION
NO.
1 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
2 15A INTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
3 15A INTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
4 30A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
5 20A F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (BATTERY POSITION) FUSED B(+)
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (ACCESSORY RELAY POSITION) FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
8 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
9 40A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
10 40A C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
11 20A F302 18GY/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
12 25A C51 12LB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
13 40A C15 12DB/WT FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
14 15A INTERNAL FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
15 20A INTERNAL (DIESEL) FUSED B(+)
15 20A INTERNAL (EATX) FUSED B(+)
16 25A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
17 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
18 15A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
19 40A A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
C
20 40A A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
O
21 25A A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
N
22 40A A110 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
N
23 10A A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
E
24 20A A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
C
26 20A A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+)
T
27 40A A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
O
28 40A F30 12PK/YL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
R
30 40A INTERNAL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) FUSED B(+)
31 40A A113 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
P
32 40A A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
I
33 15A INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
N
O
U
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (EATX)
T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
S
30 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
85 Z115 20BK/OR (3.3L/3.8L) GROUND
85 Z115 18BK/OR (2.4L) GROUND
86 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
87 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
87A - -

163
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 - LT. GREEN/RED 20 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 F301 18VT/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
2 - -
3 - -
4 L43 18WT/DB LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
5 Z344 16BK/TN GROUND
6 L34 16WT/GY RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
7 W1 18BR/TN WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
8 L33 18WT/LG LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
9 G31 18VT/LG (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
BASE)
10 L44 16WT/TN RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
11 F300 18OR/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
12 - -
13 Z343 18BK/LG GROUND
14 - -
15 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
16 L77 18WT/BR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
17 - -
18 G931 18VT/BR (EXCEPT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
BASE)
C 19 W20 18BR/YL REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
O 20 W10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
N
N INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 - GREEN/BLUE 10 WAY
E CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
C 1 N173 16DB/VT (GAS) RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
T 2 V53 12BR/OR (BUILT-UP- HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT
O EXPORT)

R 3 L60 18WT/TN (EXCEPT RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER

BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
3 L60 16WT/TN (BUILT-UP- RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
P EXPORT)
I 4 L13 18WT/YL (BUILT-UP- HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
N EXPORT)

O 5 X2 18DG/OR HORN RELAY OUTPUT

U 6 L90 18WT/OR (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT

LAMPS)
T
7 L61 16WT/LG LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
S
8 - -
9 A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
10 L89 18WT/YL (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
LAMPS)

164
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 (DIESEL) - YELLOW/RED 20 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 N21 20DB/TN LIFT PUMP RELAY CONTROL
2 - -
3 T751 20YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
4 T2 18DG/WT TRS REVERSE SENSE
5 N2 18DB/YL LIFT PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
6 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
7 C3 18DB/YL A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
8 Z114 18BK/LG GROUND
9 C13 20LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
10 A119 16RD/OR FUSED B(+)
11 C41 20LB/DG CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
12 T753 20DG/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
13 - -
14 T752 20DG/OR ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
15 Z116 18BK/VT GROUND
16 K51 20BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY CONTROL
17 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
18 - -
19 K342 16BR/WT ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
20 - - C
O
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 (GAS) - NATURAL/RED 20 WAY N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION N
1 Z115 20BK/OR (EATX) GROUND E
(3.3L/3.8L)
C
1 Z115 18BK/OR (EATX) GROUND
(2.4L) T
2 F1 18PK/WT (EATX) FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START) O
3 T751 18YL (EATX) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) R
4 T2 18DG/WT TRS REVERSE SENSE
5 T16 18YL/OR (EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT P
6 T15 18YL/BR (EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL I
7 C3 18DB/YL A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT N
8 K31 18BR FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL O
9 C13 18LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL U
10 A104 18YL/RD (EATX) FUSED B(+) T
11 - - S
12 - -
13 D25 18WT/VT (EATX) PCI BUS (EATX)
14 T752 18DG/OR ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL
15 Z116 18BK/VT GROUND
16 K51 18BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
17 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
18 K173 18BR/VT RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
19 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
20 A109 18OR/RD FUSED B(+)

165
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C4 - BLUE 10 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 Z127 12BK/DG (GAS) GROUND
2 T750 12YL/GY ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
3 K342 16BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
3 K342 16BR/WT (GAS) AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
4 F500 16DG/PK (EXCEPT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
MTX)
5 - -
6 D25 16WT/VT (ANTILOCK PCI BUS
BRAKES)
7 A107 12TN/RD (ANTILOCK FUSED B(+)
BRAKES)
8 A111 12DG/RD (ANTILOCK FUSED B(+)
BRAKES)
9 A710 14RD/BR (DIESEL) B(+) (HAZARD FEED)
9 A701 14BR/RD (GAS) B(+) (HAZARD FEED)
10 - -

C INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C5 - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
O
1 A1 4RD B(+)
N
2 - -
N
3 - -
E
4 - -
C
T
O
R

P INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 - NATURAL 10 WAY

I CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION

N 1 A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)

O 2 Z117 16BK/WT GROUND

U 3 Z118 16BK/YL GROUND

T 4 A110 12OR/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)

SEAT)
S
5 - -
6 - -
7 C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
8 F307 16LB/PK (ACCESSO- FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
RY RELAY POSITION)
8 F307 16LB/PK (BATTERY FUSED B(+)
POSITION)
9 A113 12WT/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
SLIDING DOOR)
10 - -

166
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C7 - BLACK/RED 20 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C16 20DB/GY (EXCEPT FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
1 C16 18DB/GY (BUILT-UP- FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
EXPORT)
2 T141 20YL/OR (BUILT-UP- FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
EXPORT)
2 T751 20YL (EXCEPT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
3 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
4 L13 20WT/YL (BUILT-UP- HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
EXPORT)
5 K32 18DB/YL (GAS) BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
6 - -
7 W7 20BR/GY FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
8 B20 20DG/OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
9 F201 18PK/OR FCM OUTPUT (RUN-START)
10 F214 18PK/LG FCM OUTPUT (RUN-START)
11 A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
12 - -
13 F2 18PK/WT (GAS) FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
14 - -
15 A114 16GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.) C
16 D23 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE O
17 L50 18WT/TN BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT N
18 X1 16DG/BR (PREMIUM 8 NAME BRAND SPEAKER RELAY OUTPUT N
SPEAKER) E
19 X3 20DG/VT HORN SWITCH SENSE C
20 F100 18PK/VT FCM OUTPUT (RUN) T
O
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C8 - ORANGE 10 WAY R
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 W3 12BR/WT FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT P
2 N1 16DB/OR (DIESEL) FUEL HEATER RELAY OUTPUT I
2 N1 16DB/OR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT N
3 A108 18LG/RD (BUILT-UP- FUSED B(+) O
EXPORT)
U
3 A108 18LG/RD FUSED B(+)
T
4 A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+)
S
5 L77 18WT/BR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
6 W4 12BR/OR FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY HIGH SPEED OUTPUT
7 C51 12LB/BR (AUTOMATIC FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
TEMPERATURE CONTROL)
(3 ZONE HVAC)
8 - -
9 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
10 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER

167
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C9 - BLACK 10 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
2 F20 18PK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
3 C15 12DB/WT FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
4 A105 18DB/RD FUSED B(+)
5 L61 18WT/LB (BUILT-UP- LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIVER
EXPORT)
5 L61 18WT/LG (EXCEPT LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIVER
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
6 A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
6 A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
7 F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
8 F30 12PK/YL (POWER FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
WINDOWS)
9 A115 12YL/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
LIFTGATE)
10 F302 18GY/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT

LEFT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L63 18WT/DG (EXCEPT LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
C 1 Z363 18BK/DG (BUILT-UP- GROUND
O EXPORT)

N 2 L62 18WT/BR (EXCEPT RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER

BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
N
2 L63 18WT/DG (BUILT-UP- LEFT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
E EXPORT)
C 3 L77 18WT/BR (EXCEPT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
T BUILT-UP-EXPORT)

O 3 L50 18WT/TN (BUILT-UP- BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT

EXPORT)
R
4 L1 18WT/LG BACK-UP LAMP DRIVER
5 Z363 18BK/DG (EXCEPT GROUND
P BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
I 5 L38 20WT/YL (BUILT-UP- REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
N EXPORT)

O 6 L50 18WT/TN (EXCEPT PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL

BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
U
6 L77 18WT/BR (BUILT-UP- FUSED PARK RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
T EXPORT)
S

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (EATX) - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
2 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

168
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (GAS) - GRAY/BLACK 40-WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 K18 16DB/OR (3.3L/3.8L) IGNITION COIL NO. 3 DRIVER
3 K17 16DB/TN IGNITION COIL NO. 2 DRIVER
4 - -
5 V32 18VT/YL SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH SENSE
6 K342 16BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
7 K13 16BR/LB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 DRIVER
8 K20 18BR/GY GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL
9 - -
10 Z130 18BK/BR GROUND
11 K19 16DB/DG IGNITION COIL NO. 1 DRIVER
12 G6 16VT/GY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
13 K11 16BR/YL FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 DRIVER
14 K58 16BR/VT (3.3L/3.8L) FUEL INJECTOR NO. 6 DRIVER
15 K38 16BR/OR (3.3L/3.8L) FUEL INJECTOR NO. 5 DRIVER
16 K14 16BR/TN FUEL INJECTOR NO. 4 DRIVER
17 K12 16BR/DB FUEL INJECTOR NO. 2 DRIVER
18 K99 18BR/LG OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
19 - -
20 F202 18PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) C
21 - - O
22 - - N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 K42 18DB/YL (EXCEPT KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL C
3.3L/3.8L BUILT-UP-
EXPORT) T
26 K2 18VT/OR ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL O
27 K902 18BR/DG OXYGEN SENSOR GROUND R
28 - -
29 - - P
30 K41 18DB/LB OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL I
31 T752 18DG/OR ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL N
32 K24 18BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL O
33 K44 18DB/GY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL U
34 - - T
35 K22 18BR/OR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL S
36 K1 18VT/BR MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
37 K21 18DB/LG INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
38 - -
39 - -
40 K35 18DB/VT EGR SOLENOID CONTROL

169
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (GAS) - GRAY/GRAY 40 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
41 V37 18VT SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
42 C18 18LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
43 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
44 F888 18BR/PK 8 VOLT SUPPLY
45 - -
46 A109 18OR/RD FUSED B(+)
47 - -
48 K40 18BR/LG (2.4L) IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 3 DRIVER
49 K60 18VT/LG (2.4L) IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 2 DRIVER
49 K39 18VT/DG (3.3L/3.8L) IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 1 DRIVER
50 Z131 18BK/DG GROUND
51 K141 18DB/YL OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL
52 - -
53 - -
54 - -
55 - -
56 V36 18VT/YL SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
57 K39 18VT/DG (2.4L) IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 1 DRIVER
57 K60 18VT/LG (3.3L/3.8L) IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 2 DRIVER

C 58 K59 18BR/DG (2.4L) IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 4 DRIVER

O 59 D25 18WT/VT PCI BUS

N 60 - -

N 61 F855 18PK/YL 5 VOLT SUPPLY

E 62 B29 18DG/WT SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL

C 63 T10 18DG/LG (EATX) TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE

T 64 C13 18LB/OR A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL

O 65 D21 18WT/BR SCI TRANSMIT

R 66 N7 18DB/OR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

67 K51 18BR/WT AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL

P 68 K52 18DB/WT EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID CONTROL

I 69 - -

N 70 K70 18DB/BR EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SOLENOID SENSE

O 71 - -

U 72 K107 18VT/WT (EXCEPT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE

BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
T 73 K173 18BR/VT RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
S 74 K31 18BR FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
75 D20 18WT/LG SCI RECEIVE
76 T41 18YL/DB PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE (TRS T41)
77 K106 18VT/WT (EXCEPT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
BUILT-UP-EXPORT) (2.4L
EATX W/ABS)
77 K106 18VT/LB (EXCEPT LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
BUILT-UP-EXPORT) (EX-
CEPT 2.4L EATX W/ABS)
78 K54 18DB/WT (ATX) TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID CONTROL
79 - -
80 V35 18VT/OR SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL

170
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RIGHT REAR LAMP ASSEMBLY - BLACK 6 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 L62 18WT/BR (EXCEPT RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
1 Z362 18BK/BR (BUILT-UP- GROUND
EXPORT)
2 L62 18WT/BR (BUILT-UP- RIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
EXPORT)
3 L78 18WT/OR (EXCEPT FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
3 L50 18WT/TN (BUILT-UP- BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
EXPORT)
4 L1 18WT/LG BACK-UP LAMP DRIVER
5 Z362 18BK/BR (EXCEPT GROUND
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
5 L38 20WT/YL (BUILT-UP- REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
EXPORT)
6 L50 18WT/TN (EXCEPT PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
BUILT-UP-EXPORT)
6 L78 18WT/OR (BUILT-UP- FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
EXPORT)

C
O
SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSY (EATX) - BLACK 8 WAY N
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION N
1 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE E
2 T50 18YL/TN LOW/REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE C
3 T9 18DG/TN OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE T
4 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT O
5 T59 18YL/LB UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL R
6 T60 18YL/GY OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
7 T20 18DG/WT LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL P
8 T19 18YL/DB 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL I
N
O
U
T
S

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (GAS) - GRAY 3 WAY

CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
2 K22 18BR/OR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
3 F855 18PK/YL 5 VOLT SUPPLY

171
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (EATX) - BLACK 60 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T1 18DG/LB TRS T1 SENSE
2 - -
3 T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE
4 - -
5 - -
6 K24 18BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
7 D21 18WT/BR SCI TRANSMIT
8 T751 18YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
9 T9 18DG/TN OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
10 T10 18DG/LG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
11 F1 18PK/WT FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
12 K22 18BR/OR THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
13 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
14 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
15 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
16 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
17 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
18 - -
19 T19 18YL/DB 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL
20 T20 18DG/WT LOW/REVERSE SOLENOID CONTROL
21 - -
C 22 - -
O 23 - -

N 24 - -
25 - -
N
26 - -
E
27 - -
C 28 - -
T 29 - -
O 30 - -
R 31 - -
32 - -
P 33 - -
I 34 - -
N 35 - -

O 36 - -
37 - -
U
38 - -
T
39 - -
S 40 - -
41 T41 18DG/GY (3.3L/3.8L) TRS T41 SENSE
41 T41 18YL/DB (2.4L) TRS T41 SENSE
42 T42 18DG/YL TRS T42 SENSE
43 D25 18WT/VT PCI BUS
44 - -
45 - -
46 D16 18WT/OR SCI RECEIVE
47 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
48 - -
49 - -
50 T50 18YL/TN LOW/REVERSE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
51 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
52 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
53 Z132 16BK/YL GROUND
54 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
55 T55 18YL/VT (AUTOSTICK) AUTOSTICK/OVERDRIVE OFF MUX INPUT
56 A104 18YL/RD FUSED B(+)
57 Z133 16BK/LG GROUND
58 N7 18DB/OR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
59 T59 18YL/LB UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
60 T60 18YL/GY OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL

172
 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (EATX) - DK. GRAY 10 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T2 18DG/WT TRS REVERSE SENSE
2 - -
3 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
4 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
5 T41 18YL/DB (2.4L) TRS T41 SENSE
5 T41 18DG/GY (3.3L/3.8L) TRS T41 SENSE
6 Z252 18BK/WT GROUND
7 T1 18DG/LB TRS T1 SENSE
8 T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE
9 T42 18DG/YL TRS T42 SENSE
10 T41 18YL/DB PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE (TRS T41)

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

173
NOTES

174
 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
175
NOTES

176
 CHARTS AND GRAPHS
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS C
H
11.1 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES A
R
T
S

A
N
D

G
R
A
P
H
S

11.2 SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART

177
 CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C 11.3 TRANSMISSION PRESSURE SWITCH STATES
H
A
R
T
S

A
N
D

G
R
A
P
H
S

11.4 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR STATES

178